1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
93 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
95 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
99 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
101 static void disable_command (char *, int);
103 static void enable_command (char *, int);
105 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
106 void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
110 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
112 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
114 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
117 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
118 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
119 enum bptype type_wanted
);
121 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct linespec_result
*,
123 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
124 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
127 int, int, int, unsigned);
129 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
130 const struct event_location
*location
,
131 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
132 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
134 static void clear_command (char *, int);
136 static void catch_command (char *, int);
138 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
140 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
142 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
144 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
147 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
148 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
150 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
152 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
153 struct symtab_and_line
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
157 static struct breakpoint
*
158 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
163 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
165 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
169 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
170 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
171 struct obj_section
*, int);
173 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
174 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
177 struct address_space
*aspace
,
180 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
181 struct address_space
*,
184 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
186 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
188 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
189 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
191 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
193 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
195 static void commands_command (char *, int);
197 static void condition_command (char *, int);
199 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
200 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
202 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
204 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
206 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
208 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
212 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
214 int *other_type_used
);
216 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
223 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
238 insert locations now. */
239 enum ugll_insert_mode
241 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
242 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
243 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
244 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
245 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
246 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
247 returns true on them.
249 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
250 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
251 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
252 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
253 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
254 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
258 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
259 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
262 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
263 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
264 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
265 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
266 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
268 as no thread is running yet. */
272 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
276 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
278 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
280 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
282 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
290 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
292 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
294 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
296 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
299 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
301 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
302 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
303 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
304 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
306 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
317 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
320 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
323 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
326 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
327 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
328 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
329 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
330 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
332 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
333 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
334 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
335 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
341 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
343 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
344 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
345 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
346 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
348 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
350 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
351 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
352 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
353 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
354 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
355 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
356 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
358 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
360 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
362 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
364 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
365 breakpoints share a single command list. */
366 struct counted_command_line
368 /* The reference count. */
371 /* The command list. */
372 struct command_line
*commands
;
375 struct command_line
*
376 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
378 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
381 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
382 current breakpoint. */
384 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
387 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
389 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
390 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
392 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
394 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
397 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
398 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
399 if such is available. */
400 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
403 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
404 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
407 fprintf_filtered (file
,
408 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
409 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
413 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
415 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
416 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
417 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
419 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
420 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
423 fprintf_filtered (file
,
424 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
425 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
430 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
431 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
432 use hardware breakpoints. */
433 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
435 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
436 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
439 fprintf_filtered (file
,
440 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
444 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
445 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
446 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
447 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
448 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
449 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
450 processing user input. */
451 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
454 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
455 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
457 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
461 /* See breakpoint.h. */
464 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
466 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
468 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
469 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
470 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
473 else if (target_has_execution
)
475 struct thread_info
*tp
;
477 if (always_inserted_mode
)
479 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
484 if (threads_are_executing ())
487 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
488 stopped, we still have events to process. */
489 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
491 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
497 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
499 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
500 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
501 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
502 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
503 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
504 condition_evaluation_auto
,
505 condition_evaluation_host
,
506 condition_evaluation_target
,
510 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
511 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
513 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
514 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
518 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
519 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
523 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
525 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
527 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
528 return condition_evaluation_target
;
530 return condition_evaluation_host
;
536 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
539 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
541 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
544 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
548 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
550 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
552 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
555 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
557 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
558 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
560 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
561 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
563 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
564 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
566 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
567 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
568 current breakpoint. */
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
572 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
573 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
574 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
577 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
578 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
579 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
581 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
582 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
583 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
586 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
587 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
588 to where the loop should start from.
589 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
590 appropriate location to start with. */
592 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
593 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
594 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
596 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
597 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
600 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
602 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
603 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
604 if (is_tracepoint (B))
606 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
608 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
610 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
612 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
614 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
616 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
618 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
619 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
620 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
621 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
622 an address you need to read. */
624 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
626 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
627 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
628 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
629 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
630 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
632 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
634 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
635 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
637 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
639 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
641 static int breakpoint_count
;
643 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
644 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
645 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
646 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
647 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
651 static int tracepoint_count
;
653 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
654 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
655 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
657 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
660 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
663 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
667 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
674 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
676 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
678 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
681 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
684 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
686 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
687 breakpoint_count
= num
;
688 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
691 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
692 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
693 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
695 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
699 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
701 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
704 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
708 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
710 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
713 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
716 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
718 struct breakpoint
*b
;
724 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
725 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
727 static struct counted_command_line
*
728 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
730 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
733 result
->commands
= commands
;
738 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
741 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
747 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
748 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
749 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
752 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
756 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
758 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
765 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
768 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
770 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
773 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
776 static struct cleanup
*
777 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
779 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
783 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
784 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
787 get_breakpoint (int num
)
789 struct breakpoint
*b
;
792 if (b
->number
== num
)
800 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
801 evaluating conditions on its side. */
804 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
806 struct bp_location
*loc
;
808 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
809 evaluating conditions and if the user has
810 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
812 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
813 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
816 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
819 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
820 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
823 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
824 evaluating conditions on its side. */
827 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
829 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
830 evaluating conditions and if the user has
831 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
838 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
841 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
844 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
845 condition_evaluation_mode. */
848 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
849 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
851 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
853 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
854 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
856 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
857 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
858 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
862 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
863 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
865 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
866 settings was "auto". */
867 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
869 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
870 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
872 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
873 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
874 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
876 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
877 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
880 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
882 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
885 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
889 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
890 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
891 target knows about. */
892 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
893 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
894 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
898 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
904 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
905 what "auto" is translating to. */
908 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
909 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
911 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
912 fprintf_filtered (file
,
913 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
914 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
916 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
918 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
922 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
923 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
924 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
927 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
929 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
930 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
932 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
935 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
938 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
939 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
940 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
943 static struct bp_location
**
944 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
946 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
947 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
948 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
950 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
951 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
952 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
954 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
955 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
956 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
957 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
958 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
960 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
961 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
964 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
965 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
966 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
967 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
974 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
977 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
978 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
980 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
982 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
984 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
988 struct bp_location
*loc
;
990 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
994 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
995 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
996 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1003 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1007 const char *arg
= exp
;
1009 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1010 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1011 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1012 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1014 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1016 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1018 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1020 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1022 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1023 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1027 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1029 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1033 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1034 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1036 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1040 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1042 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1045 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1047 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1048 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1049 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1053 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1054 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1058 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1059 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1063 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1064 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1066 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1069 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1070 len
= strlen (text
);
1076 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1078 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1079 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1085 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1086 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1087 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1090 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1093 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1095 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1100 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1103 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1105 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1108 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1110 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1111 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1112 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1113 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1114 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1116 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1118 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1119 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1120 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1122 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1124 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1125 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1130 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1133 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1134 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1135 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1138 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1140 struct command_line
*c
;
1142 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1146 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1147 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1148 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1150 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1151 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1153 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1154 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1155 command directly. */
1156 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1157 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1159 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1160 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1164 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1167 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1169 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1171 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1175 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1177 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1180 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1181 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1185 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1186 struct command_line
*commands
)
1188 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1190 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1191 struct command_line
*c
;
1192 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1194 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1195 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1199 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1200 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1201 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1202 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1203 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1204 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1205 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1206 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1207 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1208 tracepoint's context. */
1209 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1211 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1213 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1216 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1217 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1218 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1221 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1222 "can be used only once"));
1227 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1231 struct command_line
*c2
;
1233 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1234 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1235 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1237 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1238 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1244 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1248 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1249 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1252 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1254 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1255 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1256 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1259 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1261 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1262 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1263 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1269 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1270 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1273 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1274 struct command_line
*commands
)
1276 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1278 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1279 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1280 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1283 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1284 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1288 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1290 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1293 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1294 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1297 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1298 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1301 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1303 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1306 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1307 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1310 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1311 breakpoint work for any task. */
1314 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1316 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1319 if (old_task
!= task
)
1320 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1324 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1326 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1328 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1331 /* A structure used to pass information through
1332 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1334 struct commands_info
1336 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1339 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1342 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1343 already-parsed command. */
1344 struct command_line
*control
;
1346 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1348 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1351 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1352 commands_command. */
1355 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1357 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1359 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1361 struct command_line
*l
;
1363 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1364 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1367 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1370 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1371 "%s, one per line."),
1374 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1376 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1379 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1382 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1385 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1388 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1390 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1392 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1393 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1394 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1395 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1396 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1401 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1402 struct command_line
*control
)
1404 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1405 struct commands_info info
;
1407 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1408 info
.control
= control
;
1410 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1411 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1412 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1414 std::string new_arg
;
1416 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1418 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1419 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1421 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1422 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1427 info
.arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1429 map_breakpoint_numbers (info
.arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1431 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1432 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1434 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1438 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1440 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1443 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1444 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1446 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1447 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1448 enum command_control_type
1449 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1451 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1452 return simple_control
;
1455 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1458 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1460 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1464 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1465 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1470 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1471 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1474 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1475 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1476 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1479 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1480 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1481 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1482 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1485 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1486 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1490 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1491 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1493 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1497 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1499 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1500 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1502 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1504 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1509 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1511 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1516 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1517 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1519 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1520 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1521 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1525 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1527 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1528 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1531 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1533 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1534 shadow_contents buffer. */
1535 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1536 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1537 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1539 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1541 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1542 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1546 const unsigned char *bp
;
1547 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1550 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1551 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1552 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1554 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1556 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1558 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1559 breakpoint's INSN. */
1560 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1564 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1565 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1567 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1568 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1569 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1571 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1572 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1573 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1574 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1575 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1576 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1577 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1578 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1580 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1583 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1584 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1585 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1587 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1589 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1591 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1592 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1593 report higher one. */
1596 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1597 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1599 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1601 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1602 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1604 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1605 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1606 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1607 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1609 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1610 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1611 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1613 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1615 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1622 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1623 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1624 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1625 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1626 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1629 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1631 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1632 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1633 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1636 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1639 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1641 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1643 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1645 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1646 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1647 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1650 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1653 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1654 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1655 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1658 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1661 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1662 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1668 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1672 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1674 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1675 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1676 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1679 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1682 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1684 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1685 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1686 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1689 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1693 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1695 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1699 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1700 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1701 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1702 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1703 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1704 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1705 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1706 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1709 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1711 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1712 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1713 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1714 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1717 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1718 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1721 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1723 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1725 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1727 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1728 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1729 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1730 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1731 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1733 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1736 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1739 static struct value
*
1740 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1742 struct value
*bit_val
;
1747 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1749 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1752 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1759 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1760 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1761 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1762 to be able to report stops. */
1765 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1766 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1768 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1770 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1771 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1772 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1773 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1776 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1777 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1780 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1782 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1784 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1785 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1786 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1789 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1790 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1791 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1792 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1794 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1796 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1797 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1800 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1801 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1802 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1803 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1804 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1805 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1806 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1807 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1809 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1810 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1811 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1812 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1813 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1814 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1815 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1816 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1819 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1820 hardware watchpoints:
1822 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1823 called several times when GDB stops.
1826 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1827 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1828 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1829 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1830 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1831 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1832 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1833 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1834 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1835 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1836 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1838 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1839 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1842 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1844 int within_current_scope
;
1845 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1848 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1849 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1850 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1851 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1854 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1859 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1860 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1861 within_current_scope
= 1;
1864 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1865 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1866 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1868 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1869 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1870 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1871 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1872 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1875 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1876 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1877 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1878 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1881 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1883 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1884 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1885 if (within_current_scope
)
1889 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1890 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1891 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1894 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1899 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1900 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1901 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1902 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1903 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1904 be completely different objects. */
1905 value_free (b
->val
);
1909 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1910 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1911 locations (re)created below. */
1912 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1914 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1916 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1917 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1921 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1922 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1923 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1924 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1925 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1926 if (!target_has_execution
)
1928 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1929 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1930 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1931 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1933 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1934 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1937 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1940 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1943 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1944 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1946 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1948 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1949 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1950 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1951 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1952 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1954 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1956 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1958 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1966 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1968 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1969 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1971 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1972 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1973 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1974 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1975 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1976 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1977 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1979 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1981 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1982 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1983 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1985 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1986 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1989 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1990 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1991 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1993 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1995 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1997 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1998 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2000 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2002 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2003 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2004 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2005 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2006 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2009 addr
= value_address (v
);
2012 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2017 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2019 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2022 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2023 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2026 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2028 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2029 loc
->address
= addr
;
2033 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2034 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2037 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2039 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2044 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2045 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2046 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2051 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2052 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2054 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2058 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2061 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2062 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2063 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2065 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2066 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2067 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2068 this watchpoint in as well. */
2070 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2071 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2072 hardware watchpoint type. */
2073 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2074 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2075 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2077 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2078 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2079 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2080 through watch_command), so always account for it
2083 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2084 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2086 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2087 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2090 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2091 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2093 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2095 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2096 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2097 "hardware watchpoint."));
2098 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2099 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2100 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2102 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2103 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2107 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2108 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2109 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2111 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2114 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2116 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2117 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2118 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2120 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2121 "read/access watchpoint."));
2124 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2126 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2127 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2128 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2129 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2132 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2134 next
= value_next (v
);
2139 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2140 above left it without any location set up. But,
2141 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2142 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2143 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2144 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2146 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2148 printf_filtered (_("\
2149 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2150 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2152 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2155 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2157 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2161 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2162 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2163 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2164 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2165 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2167 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2169 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2172 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2175 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2178 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2181 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2182 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2183 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2184 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2185 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2186 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2187 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2188 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2189 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2192 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2193 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2194 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2196 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2197 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2198 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2200 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2201 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2202 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2203 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2204 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2205 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2206 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2207 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2208 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2212 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2213 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2214 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2215 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2220 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2221 instruction that triggered one. */
2222 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2223 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2227 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2228 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2229 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2230 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2239 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2240 that the location is not duplicated. */
2243 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2246 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2249 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2250 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2254 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2255 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2256 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2257 any error during parsing. */
2259 static agent_expr_up
2260 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2265 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2267 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2268 that may show up. */
2271 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2274 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2276 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2277 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2278 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2282 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2286 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2287 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2288 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2289 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2290 one of them is true. */
2293 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2295 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2296 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2297 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2298 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2300 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2301 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2303 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2304 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2305 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2307 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2308 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2311 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2312 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2313 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2314 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2315 response back to GDB. */
2316 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2319 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2323 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2324 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2326 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2327 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2331 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2332 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2333 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2335 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2341 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2342 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2343 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2345 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2346 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2347 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2349 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2352 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2354 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2356 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2359 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2364 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2365 for this location's address. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2370 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2371 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2372 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2375 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2376 to send the conditions to the target. */
2377 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2384 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2385 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2386 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2388 static agent_expr_up
2389 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2391 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2392 struct expression
**argvec
;
2393 const char *cmdrest
;
2394 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2395 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2397 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2404 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2406 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2408 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2409 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2411 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2413 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2415 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2417 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2419 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2420 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2422 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2424 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2425 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2427 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2429 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2431 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2433 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2434 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2437 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2442 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2443 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
.release ();
2445 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2449 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2451 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2452 that may show up. */
2455 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2456 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2457 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2459 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2461 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2462 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2463 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2467 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2469 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2473 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2474 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2475 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2478 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2480 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2481 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2482 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2483 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2485 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2486 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2488 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2491 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2492 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2495 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2496 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2497 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2499 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2502 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2503 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2504 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2508 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2509 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2510 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2511 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2512 response back to GDB. */
2513 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2516 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2520 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2521 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2522 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2523 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2525 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2526 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2529 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2530 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2531 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2533 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2539 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2541 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2543 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2546 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2547 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2549 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2551 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2554 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2559 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2560 for this location's address. */
2561 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2564 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2565 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2566 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2567 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2570 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2571 to send the commands to the target. */
2572 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2576 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2577 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2578 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2579 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2582 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2583 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2584 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2588 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2590 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2592 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2593 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2595 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
->ptid
);
2597 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2601 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2604 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2605 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2606 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2607 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2610 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2611 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2613 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2614 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2615 int *disabled_breaks
,
2616 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2617 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2619 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2620 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2622 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2625 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2626 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2627 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2628 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2629 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2630 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2631 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2632 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2633 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2634 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2635 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2636 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2638 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2639 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2640 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2641 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2643 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2645 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2646 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2647 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2648 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2651 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2652 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2654 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2656 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2657 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2658 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2660 Two important cases are:
2661 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2662 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2663 hardware breakpoint.
2664 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2665 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2666 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2669 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2670 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2671 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2672 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2674 struct mem_region
*mr
2675 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2679 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2681 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2683 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2684 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2686 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2688 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2690 static int said
= 0;
2692 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2695 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2696 _("Note: automatically using "
2697 "hardware breakpoints for "
2698 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2703 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2704 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2706 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2707 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2708 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2709 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2711 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2717 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2718 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2719 || bl
->section
== NULL
2720 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2722 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2727 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2729 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2731 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2734 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2740 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2741 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2742 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2744 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2745 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2746 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2747 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2748 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2752 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2754 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2755 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2756 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2758 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2763 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2764 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2765 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2766 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2767 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2769 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2771 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2774 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2778 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2779 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2780 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2781 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2785 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2786 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2788 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2793 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2795 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2797 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2800 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2806 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2807 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2812 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2814 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2816 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2817 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2818 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2819 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2820 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2821 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2822 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2823 errors as memory errors. */
2824 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2825 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2826 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2827 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2830 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2831 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2832 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2833 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2835 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2836 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2838 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2839 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2840 "library breakpoints:\n");
2842 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2844 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2849 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2851 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2852 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2853 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2854 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2855 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2856 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2857 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2861 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2864 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2865 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2866 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2868 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2869 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2871 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2872 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2876 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2877 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2892 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2893 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2894 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2895 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2899 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2900 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2902 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2904 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2905 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2906 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2908 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2910 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2911 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2913 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2915 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2916 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2920 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2921 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2928 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2929 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2932 /* Back to the original value. */
2933 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2937 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2940 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2944 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2945 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2947 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2950 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2954 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2955 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2957 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2960 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2962 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2963 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2964 so just return success. */
2971 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2972 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2976 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2978 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2979 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2981 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2982 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2984 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2985 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2988 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2989 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2992 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2994 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2996 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2997 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2998 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3000 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3001 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3003 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3009 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3010 removed locations above. */
3011 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3014 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3015 Throws exception on any error.
3016 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3017 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3019 insert_breakpoints (void)
3021 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3023 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3024 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3026 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3028 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3031 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3032 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3033 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3034 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3037 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3040 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3042 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3044 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3046 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3050 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3051 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3052 always-inserted mode. */
3055 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3057 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3060 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3061 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3062 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3064 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3066 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3067 there was an error. */
3068 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3070 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3072 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3074 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3076 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3079 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3080 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3081 deletion of breakpoints. */
3082 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3085 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3087 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3088 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3089 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3090 insert breakpoints. */
3091 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3092 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3095 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3096 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3103 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3104 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3107 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3110 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3113 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3115 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3116 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3119 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3120 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3121 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3123 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3125 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3126 there was an error. */
3127 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
3129 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3131 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3133 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3136 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3137 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3138 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3139 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3140 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3143 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3145 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3146 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3147 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3148 insert breakpoints. */
3149 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3150 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3153 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3154 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3159 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3160 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3161 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3163 int some_failed
= 0;
3164 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3166 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3169 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3172 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3175 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3176 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3183 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3185 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3187 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3188 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3189 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3197 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3198 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3199 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3201 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3202 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3204 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3205 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3208 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3211 /* Used when the program stops.
3212 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3213 removing a breakpoint location. */
3216 remove_breakpoints (void)
3218 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3221 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3223 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3224 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3229 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3233 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3237 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3239 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3241 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3243 printf_filtered (_("\
3244 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3245 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3247 /* Hide it from the user. */
3253 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3256 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3258 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3260 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3264 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3267 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3269 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3278 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3280 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3281 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3283 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3284 struct inferior
*inf
;
3285 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3287 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3291 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3292 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3294 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3296 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
3298 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3300 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3306 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3309 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3314 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3318 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3320 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3321 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3322 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3323 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3324 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3325 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3327 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3330 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3333 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3334 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3338 static struct breakpoint
*
3339 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3340 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3341 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3343 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3344 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3346 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3349 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3350 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3352 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3353 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3354 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3359 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3361 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3363 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3365 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3366 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3368 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3369 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3371 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3372 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3374 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3375 int longjmp_searched
;
3377 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3378 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3380 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3381 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3383 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3384 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3386 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3387 int exception_searched
;
3389 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3390 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3393 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3395 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3396 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3398 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3401 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3403 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3406 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3407 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3409 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3410 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3412 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3414 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3415 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3416 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3419 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3421 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3422 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3424 return bp_objfile_data
;
3428 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3430 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3431 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3433 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3434 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3438 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3440 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3441 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3443 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3445 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3446 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3448 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3450 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3452 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3455 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3457 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3459 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3460 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3462 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3463 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3466 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3469 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3470 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3472 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3473 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3474 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3475 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3477 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3479 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3480 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3484 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3485 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3491 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3493 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3494 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3496 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3498 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3500 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3502 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3504 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3507 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3508 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3510 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3512 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3514 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3518 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3521 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3522 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3524 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3526 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3527 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3528 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3532 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3533 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3536 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3539 struct probe
*probe
;
3540 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3543 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3548 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3550 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3551 get_probe_address (probe
,
3554 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3556 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3557 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3566 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3569 const char *func_name
;
3571 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3573 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3576 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3577 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3579 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3581 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3582 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3584 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3585 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3588 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3591 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3592 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3593 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3594 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3595 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3596 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3597 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3602 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3605 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3607 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3609 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3610 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3611 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3613 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3615 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3617 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3620 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3622 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3624 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3625 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3626 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3628 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3630 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3633 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3635 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3637 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3638 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3639 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3641 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3642 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3645 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3648 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3649 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3650 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3651 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3652 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3653 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3654 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3655 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3659 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3662 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3665 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3667 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3668 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3670 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3672 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3673 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3674 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3676 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3678 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3680 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3681 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3685 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3689 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3690 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3692 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3694 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3695 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3696 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3700 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3701 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3704 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3706 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3708 struct probe
*probe
;
3711 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3712 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3718 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3719 get_probe_address (probe
,
3721 bp_exception_master
,
3722 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3724 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3725 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3731 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3733 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3736 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3738 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3740 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3742 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3743 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3745 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3749 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3752 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3753 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3755 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3756 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3757 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3758 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3759 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3760 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3764 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3767 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3769 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
);
3773 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3775 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3776 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3778 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3779 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3780 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3781 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3782 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3783 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3784 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3785 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3786 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3787 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3788 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3792 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3795 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3796 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3798 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3802 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3803 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3805 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3809 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3810 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3811 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3812 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3813 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3815 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3819 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3822 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3826 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3827 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3829 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3833 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3835 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3836 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3837 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3839 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3843 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3845 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3846 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3847 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3848 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3852 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3853 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3854 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3855 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3856 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3857 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3859 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3860 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3861 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3862 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3863 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3864 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3865 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3867 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3868 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3869 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3870 let finish_command delete it.
3872 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3873 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3874 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3875 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3876 solib breakpoints.) */
3878 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3883 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3884 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3886 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3888 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3895 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3897 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3899 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3900 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3902 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3903 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3905 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3906 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3907 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3909 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3912 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3913 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3914 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3915 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3916 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3917 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3918 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3922 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3925 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3929 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3930 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3931 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3932 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3933 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3936 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3940 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3941 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3943 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3944 This should not ever happen. */
3945 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3947 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3948 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3950 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3951 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3952 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3954 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3955 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3956 || bl
->section
== NULL
3957 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3959 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3961 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3962 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3963 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3964 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3965 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3966 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3967 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3968 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3969 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3970 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3971 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3972 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3973 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3974 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3975 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3976 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3977 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3978 they should always be removed. */
3979 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3980 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3981 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3984 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3988 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3989 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3990 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3992 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3993 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3995 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3996 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3997 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3998 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3999 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4001 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4002 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
4005 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4006 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4009 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4010 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4011 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4012 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4014 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4015 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4016 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4017 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4018 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4019 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4025 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4030 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4031 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4032 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4033 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4034 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4035 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4036 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4037 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4038 always-inserted mode. */
4040 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4041 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4042 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4043 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4049 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4051 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4053 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4054 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4056 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4057 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4059 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4060 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
4061 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4064 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4065 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4068 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4069 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4071 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
4075 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
4082 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
4085 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4087 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4088 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4090 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4091 This should not ever happen. */
4092 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4094 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4096 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4098 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
4100 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4104 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4107 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4109 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4111 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4112 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4116 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4117 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4119 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4122 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4123 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4124 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4129 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4131 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4132 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4134 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4136 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4138 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4141 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4143 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4145 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4151 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4153 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4154 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4157 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4159 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4161 case bp_shlib_event
:
4163 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4164 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4165 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4166 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4167 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4169 (gdb) file prog-linux
4170 (gdb) run # native linux target
4173 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4174 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4177 case bp_step_resume
:
4179 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4181 case bp_single_step
:
4183 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4185 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4189 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4190 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4191 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4193 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4195 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4196 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4197 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4200 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4201 valid. New ones will be created in
4202 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4203 The next update_global_location_list call will
4204 garbage collect them. */
4207 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4209 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4210 insert_breakpoints. */
4212 value_free (w
->val
);
4224 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4225 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4226 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4227 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4230 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4231 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4232 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4233 match, not program space. */
4235 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4236 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4237 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4238 permanent breakpoint.
4239 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4240 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4241 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4242 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4243 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4245 enum breakpoint_here
4246 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4248 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4249 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4251 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4253 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4254 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4257 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4258 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4260 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4262 if (overlay_debugging
4263 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4264 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4265 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4266 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4267 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4269 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4273 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4276 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4279 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4280 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4282 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4284 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4286 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4287 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4290 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4292 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4295 if (overlay_debugging
4296 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4297 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4299 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4310 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4313 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4315 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4318 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4319 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4325 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4329 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4330 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4333 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4336 if (overlay_debugging
4337 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4338 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4339 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4346 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4349 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4351 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4353 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4355 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4357 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4358 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4361 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4367 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4371 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4374 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4378 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4380 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4383 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4390 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4393 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4396 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4398 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4400 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4402 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4405 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4413 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4414 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4416 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4420 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4422 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4423 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4426 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4429 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4430 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4434 /* Check for intersection. */
4435 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4436 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4445 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4449 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4451 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4454 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4458 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4460 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4461 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4462 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4463 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4467 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4468 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4471 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4488 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4489 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4492 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4496 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4501 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4503 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4504 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4505 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4506 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4507 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4509 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4510 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4514 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4524 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4527 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4532 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4534 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4540 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4543 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4545 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4547 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4549 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4551 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4556 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4565 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4566 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4567 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4568 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4570 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4571 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4573 Return 1 otherwise. */
4576 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4581 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4583 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4584 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4585 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4586 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4587 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4589 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4591 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4595 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4598 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4600 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4603 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4606 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4610 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4612 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4614 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4616 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4622 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4625 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4627 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4629 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4631 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4632 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4633 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4634 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4635 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4639 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4642 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4645 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4647 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4650 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4651 or its equivalent. */
4654 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4656 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4659 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4660 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4661 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4662 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4664 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4665 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4666 bpstat of the current thread. */
4669 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4675 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4677 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4680 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4681 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4683 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4685 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4688 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4689 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4691 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4692 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4693 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4695 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4697 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4698 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4699 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4700 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4701 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4702 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4703 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4704 the tree when we're done. */
4705 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4706 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4707 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4708 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4709 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4711 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4717 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4719 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4725 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4726 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4728 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4730 if (current_ui
->async
)
4731 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4732 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4733 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4736 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4737 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4738 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4739 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4740 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4741 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4742 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4743 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4744 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4745 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4746 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4747 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4748 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4753 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4758 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4760 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4762 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4763 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4764 && target_has_execution
4765 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4766 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4767 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4768 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4769 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4770 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4771 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4774 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4777 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4780 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4783 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4786 struct value_print_options opts
;
4787 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4788 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4792 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4793 debugging multiple threads. */
4796 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4798 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4803 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4806 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4808 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4809 uiout
->field_fmt ("thread-id", "%s", print_thread_id (thr
));
4811 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4814 uiout
->text (" \"");
4815 uiout
->field_fmt ("name", "%s", name
);
4819 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4823 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4824 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4825 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4826 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4829 static enum print_stop_action
4830 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4832 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4835 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4836 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4840 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4841 relevant messages. */
4842 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4845 case print_it_normal
:
4847 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4849 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4850 which has since been deleted. */
4852 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4854 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4855 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4860 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4861 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4866 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4869 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4872 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4874 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4878 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4879 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4881 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4882 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4885 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4886 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4887 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4891 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4895 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4896 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4899 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4904 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4905 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4906 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4909 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4914 struct so_list
*iter
;
4916 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4918 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4919 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4922 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4927 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4928 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4929 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4932 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4936 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4937 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4938 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4939 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4940 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4941 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4942 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4945 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4946 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4947 code to print the location. An example is
4948 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4950 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4951 to also print the location part of the message.
4952 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4953 don't require a location appended to the end.
4954 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4955 further info to be printed. */
4957 enum print_stop_action
4958 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4960 enum print_stop_action val
;
4962 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4963 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4964 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4965 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4966 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4968 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4969 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4970 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4971 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4975 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4976 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4977 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4978 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4980 print_solib_event (0);
4981 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4984 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4985 with and nothing was printed. */
4986 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4989 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4990 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4991 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4992 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4993 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4994 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4997 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4999 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5000 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
5002 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5006 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
5009 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
5013 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
5015 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
5016 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
5017 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
5018 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
5019 incref_bp_location (bl
);
5020 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
5021 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
5023 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
5027 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5028 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5031 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5033 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5035 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5037 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5039 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5040 as not triggered. */
5042 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5044 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5046 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5052 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5054 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5055 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5057 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5059 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5061 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5067 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5068 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5072 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5074 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5075 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5077 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5078 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5080 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5082 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5083 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5085 if (newaddr
== start
)
5087 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5091 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5092 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5096 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5105 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5106 because of check_errors). */
5107 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5108 #define WP_DELETED 1
5109 /* The value has changed. */
5110 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5111 /* The value has not changed. */
5112 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5113 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5116 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5117 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5119 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5122 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5123 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5126 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5128 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5129 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5130 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5131 int within_current_scope
;
5133 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5134 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5135 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5137 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5138 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5139 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5140 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5143 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5144 within_current_scope
= 1;
5147 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5148 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5149 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5151 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5152 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5153 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5154 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5155 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5156 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5157 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5158 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5159 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5160 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5163 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5164 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5166 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5167 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5168 if (within_current_scope
)
5170 struct symbol
*function
;
5172 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5173 if (function
== NULL
5174 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5175 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5176 within_current_scope
= 0;
5179 if (within_current_scope
)
5180 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5181 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5186 if (within_current_scope
)
5188 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5189 time before we return to the command level and call
5190 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5191 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5195 struct value
*new_val
;
5197 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5198 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5199 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5200 a mask watchpoint. */
5201 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5203 mark
= value_mark ();
5204 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5206 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5207 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5209 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5210 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5211 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5212 not what we want. */
5213 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5214 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5216 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5218 release_value (new_val
);
5219 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5221 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5224 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5228 /* Nothing changed. */
5229 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5230 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5235 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5236 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5237 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5238 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5239 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5240 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5241 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5242 the first value assigned). */
5243 /* We print all the stop information in
5244 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5245 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5246 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5249 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5251 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5253 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5255 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5256 uiout
->text ("\nWatchpoint ");
5257 uiout
->field_int ("wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5258 uiout
->text (" deleted because the program has left the block in\n"
5259 "which its expression is valid.\n");
5262 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5263 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5264 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5270 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5271 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5272 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5275 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5276 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5277 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5279 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5281 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5282 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5284 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5287 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5288 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5291 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5293 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5294 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5296 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5297 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5298 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5299 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5300 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5303 int must_check_value
= 0;
5305 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5306 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5308 must_check_value
= 1;
5309 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5310 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5311 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5313 must_check_value
= 1;
5314 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5315 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5316 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5317 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5318 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5319 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5320 must_check_value
= 1;
5322 if (must_check_value
)
5325 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5327 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5328 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5330 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5334 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5335 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5339 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5342 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5343 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5345 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5347 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5348 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5349 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5350 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5351 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5352 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5353 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5356 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5357 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5360 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5361 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5362 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5363 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5365 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5366 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5367 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5370 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5371 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5372 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5373 changes. This still gives false positives when
5374 the program writes the same value to memory as
5375 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5376 it for a read), but it's much better than
5379 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5381 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5383 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5385 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5386 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5387 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5389 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5390 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5392 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5393 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5395 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5401 if (other_write_watchpoint
5402 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5404 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5405 and the value changed since the last time we
5406 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5408 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5413 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5414 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5415 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5417 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5418 the value hasn't changed. */
5419 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5427 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5429 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5431 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5434 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5435 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5436 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5441 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5443 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5444 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5445 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5446 anything for this watchpoint. */
5447 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5453 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5454 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5455 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5456 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5459 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5461 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5462 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5463 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5464 struct expression
*cond
;
5466 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5468 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5469 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5470 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5471 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5472 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5474 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5475 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5476 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5478 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5479 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5485 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5486 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5488 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5489 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5496 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5498 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5500 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5502 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5504 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5507 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5509 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5511 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5512 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5514 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5515 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5516 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5517 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5519 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5521 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5522 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5526 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5527 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5528 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5529 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5530 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5532 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5533 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5536 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5538 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5539 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5540 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5541 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5542 really matter which instantiation of the function
5543 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5544 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5545 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5546 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5547 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5548 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5549 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5550 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5552 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5554 select_frame (frame
);
5556 within_current_scope
= 0;
5558 if (within_current_scope
)
5560 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5561 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5565 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5566 "in the current scope"));
5567 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5568 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5571 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5572 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5575 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5579 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5583 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5585 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5589 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5590 on the current target. */
5593 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5595 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5596 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5597 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5598 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5602 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5603 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5605 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5606 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5609 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5611 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5613 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5614 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5615 several reasons concurrently.)
5617 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5618 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5621 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5622 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5623 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5625 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5626 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5627 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5628 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5629 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5630 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5633 int need_remove_insert
;
5636 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5637 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5638 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5639 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5640 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5641 inferior function calls. */
5645 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5648 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5650 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5651 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5652 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5653 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5654 checked all locations already. */
5655 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5658 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5661 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5664 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5667 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5670 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5671 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5672 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5676 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5677 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5678 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5680 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5682 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5684 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5689 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5690 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5691 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5693 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5695 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5696 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5698 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5699 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5702 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5707 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5708 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5709 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5711 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5713 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5715 handle_solib_event ();
5720 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5721 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5722 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5726 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5731 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5732 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5735 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5740 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5742 /* We will stop here. */
5743 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5745 --(b
->enable_count
);
5746 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5747 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5752 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5753 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5754 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5755 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5758 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5763 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5765 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5766 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5769 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5770 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5771 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5773 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5774 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5775 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5777 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5778 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5780 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5782 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5783 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5786 if (need_remove_insert
)
5787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5788 else if (removed_any
)
5789 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5795 handle_jit_event (void)
5797 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5798 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5801 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5803 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5804 breakpoint_re_set. */
5805 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5807 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5808 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5810 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5812 target_terminal_inferior ();
5815 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5817 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5820 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5822 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5825 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5826 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5827 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5829 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5831 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5832 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5833 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5836 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5838 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5839 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5843 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5850 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5851 case bp_single_step
:
5854 case bp_shlib_event
:
5858 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5860 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5863 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5866 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5867 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5868 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5872 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5874 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5878 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5879 This requires no further action. */
5883 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5887 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5888 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5893 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5894 case bp_exception_resume
:
5897 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5898 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5901 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5903 case bp_step_resume
:
5905 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5908 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5912 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5914 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5917 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5918 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5921 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5922 case bp_thread_event
:
5923 case bp_overlay_event
:
5924 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5925 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5926 case bp_exception_master
:
5927 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5933 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5935 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5939 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5940 This requires no further action. */
5944 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5947 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5948 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5949 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5950 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5952 case bp_std_terminate
:
5953 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5954 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5955 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5956 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5959 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5960 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5961 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5962 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5964 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5965 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5967 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5968 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5969 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5971 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5972 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5973 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5974 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5979 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5981 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5985 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5986 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5989 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5996 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
6000 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6002 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
6009 handle_jit_event ();
6011 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6012 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
6014 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6015 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
6021 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
6022 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
6023 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
6026 bpstat_should_step (void)
6028 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6031 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6037 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6039 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6048 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6049 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6050 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6053 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6055 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6056 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6060 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6062 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6064 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6065 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6066 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6071 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6077 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6078 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6080 "host": Host evals condition.
6081 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6082 "target": Target evals condition.
6086 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6088 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6089 char host_evals
= 0;
6090 char target_evals
= 0;
6095 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6098 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6099 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6100 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6102 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6104 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6110 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6111 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6112 else if (target_evals
)
6113 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6115 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6118 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6119 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6122 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6124 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6127 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6128 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6129 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6131 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6132 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6134 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6137 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6140 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6141 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6143 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6144 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6146 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6150 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6152 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6153 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6154 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6157 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6160 uiout
->text ("in ");
6161 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6163 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6164 uiout
->text ("at ");
6166 uiout
->field_string ("file",
6167 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6170 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6171 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6173 uiout
->field_int ("line", loc
->line_number
);
6179 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
6181 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
6185 uiout
->field_string ("pending", event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6186 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6187 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6188 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6189 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6191 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6195 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
6199 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6200 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6201 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6204 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6205 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6209 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6213 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6215 struct ep_type_description
6220 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6222 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6223 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6224 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6225 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6226 {bp_until
, "until"},
6227 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6228 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6229 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6230 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6231 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6232 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6233 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6234 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6235 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6236 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6237 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6238 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6239 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6240 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6241 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6242 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6243 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6244 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6245 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6246 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6247 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6248 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6249 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6250 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6251 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6252 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6253 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6254 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6255 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6258 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6259 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6260 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6261 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6264 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6267 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6268 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6271 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6272 const char *field_name
,
6276 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6277 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6281 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6282 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6283 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6286 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6288 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6294 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6295 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6300 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6304 uiout
->text (plongest (inf
));
6308 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6311 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6314 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6315 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6317 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6320 struct command_line
*l
;
6321 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6323 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6324 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6325 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6326 struct value_print_options opts
;
6328 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6330 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6331 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6332 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6335 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6336 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6344 if (part_of_multiple
)
6347 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6348 uiout
->field_string ("number", formatted
);
6353 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
6358 if (part_of_multiple
)
6359 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6361 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6365 if (part_of_multiple
)
6366 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6368 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6373 if (part_of_multiple
)
6374 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6376 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6381 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6383 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6384 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6385 make sure there's just one location. */
6386 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6387 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6393 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6394 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6398 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6399 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6400 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6402 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6404 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6405 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6406 is relatively readable). */
6407 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6408 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6410 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6415 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6416 case bp_single_step
:
6420 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6421 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6423 case bp_exception_resume
:
6424 case bp_step_resume
:
6425 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6426 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6428 case bp_std_terminate
:
6429 case bp_shlib_event
:
6430 case bp_thread_event
:
6431 case bp_overlay_event
:
6432 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6433 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6434 case bp_exception_master
:
6436 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6437 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6440 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6441 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6442 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6445 if (header_of_multiple
)
6446 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6447 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6448 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>");
6450 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6451 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6454 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6455 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6462 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6464 struct inferior
*inf
;
6465 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6470 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6471 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6474 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6475 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6477 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6478 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6479 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6480 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6481 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6482 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6484 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6485 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6488 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6490 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6492 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6493 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6494 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6495 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6497 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6499 uiout
->text (" task ");
6500 uiout
->field_int ("task", b
->task
);
6506 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6507 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6509 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6512 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6513 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6515 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6516 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6520 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6523 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6524 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6526 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6527 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6529 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6530 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6531 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6532 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6533 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6536 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
6537 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6538 uiout
->text (" evals)");
6543 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6545 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6546 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6547 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6548 uiout
->field_int ("thread", b
->thread
);
6551 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6553 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6558 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6562 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6563 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6564 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6565 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6566 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6568 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6569 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6570 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6571 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6572 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6574 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6578 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6579 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6580 uiout
->field_int ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6584 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6587 uiout
->text ("\tignore next ");
6588 uiout
->field_int ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6589 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6592 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6593 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6594 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6595 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6598 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6599 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6600 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6601 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6602 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6604 uiout
->text ("next ");
6605 uiout
->field_int ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6606 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6611 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6613 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6615 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6616 uiout
->field_int ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6617 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6621 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6622 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6624 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6627 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6628 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6629 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6632 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6634 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6636 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6638 annotate_field (10);
6639 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6640 uiout
->field_int ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6641 uiout
->text (" \n");
6644 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6646 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6648 annotate_field (11);
6650 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6651 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6652 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6658 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6659 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6664 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6666 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6668 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6670 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6672 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6673 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6674 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6675 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6680 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6681 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6684 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6685 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6687 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6689 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6690 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6692 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6693 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6694 locations, if any. */
6695 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6697 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6698 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6699 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6702 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6703 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6705 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6706 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6708 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6711 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6713 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6714 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6715 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6716 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6723 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6725 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6726 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6728 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6729 address to print. */
6730 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6733 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6737 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6738 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6739 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6742 return print_address_bits
;
6745 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6751 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6753 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6754 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6756 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6760 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6762 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6770 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6771 char **error_message
)
6773 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6776 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6778 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6779 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6785 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6786 internal or momentary. */
6789 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6791 return b
->number
> 0;
6794 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6797 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6799 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6802 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6803 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6804 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6805 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6806 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6807 breakpoints listed. */
6810 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6811 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6813 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6814 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6815 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6816 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6817 struct value_print_options opts
;
6818 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6819 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6820 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6822 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6824 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6825 required for address fields. */
6826 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6829 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6830 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6833 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6834 accept. Skip the others. */
6835 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6837 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6839 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6843 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6845 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6847 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6848 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6849 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6851 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6852 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6853 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6855 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6859 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6861 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6862 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6866 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6867 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6870 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6871 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6872 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6874 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6875 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6877 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6878 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6880 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6881 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6883 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6884 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6886 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6888 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6889 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6891 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6893 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6895 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6896 uiout
->table_body ();
6897 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6898 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6903 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6904 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6907 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6908 accept. Skip the others. */
6910 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6912 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6914 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6917 else /* all others */
6919 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6923 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6925 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6926 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6929 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6931 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6933 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6937 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6938 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6940 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6946 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6947 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6950 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6951 there have been breakpoints? */
6952 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6954 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6957 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6958 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6961 default_collect_info (void)
6963 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6965 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6966 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6968 if (!*default_collect
)
6971 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6973 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6974 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6975 uiout
->text (" \n");
6979 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6981 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6983 default_collect_info ();
6987 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6989 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6990 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6992 if (num_printed
== 0)
6994 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6995 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6997 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
7002 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
7004 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
7006 default_collect_info ();
7010 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7011 struct program_space
*pspace
,
7012 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
7014 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
7016 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7018 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
7019 && bl
->address
== pc
7020 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
7026 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
7027 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7031 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7032 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7033 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7036 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7039 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7040 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7044 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7045 else /* if (others == ???) */
7046 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7048 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7051 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7052 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7053 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7054 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7055 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7056 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7057 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7058 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7062 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7064 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7065 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7066 printf_filtered (".\n");
7071 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7072 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7073 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7074 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7076 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7077 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7078 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7079 breakpoint location at address zero:
7087 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7089 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7091 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7094 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7095 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7098 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7099 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7101 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7102 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7104 /* Both of them must exist. */
7105 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7106 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7108 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7109 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7110 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7111 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7112 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7113 other watchpoint. */
7115 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7117 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7118 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
7120 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7122 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7123 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
7126 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7127 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7128 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7129 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7130 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7131 become hw_access locations later. */
7132 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7133 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7134 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7135 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7138 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7141 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7142 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7144 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7145 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7149 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7150 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7151 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7152 space doesn't really matter. */
7155 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7156 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7159 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7160 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7161 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7164 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7165 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7166 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7167 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7170 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7171 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7174 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7177 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7178 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7182 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7183 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7184 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7185 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7186 doesn't really matter. */
7189 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7190 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7191 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7193 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7194 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7196 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7198 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7204 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7205 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7206 true, otherwise returns false. */
7209 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7210 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7212 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7213 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7214 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7215 different locations. */
7216 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7221 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7222 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7223 represent the same location. */
7226 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7227 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7229 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7231 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7232 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7233 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7235 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7236 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7238 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7241 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7242 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7243 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7245 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7246 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7247 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7248 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7252 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7253 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7255 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7256 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7260 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7261 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7263 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7264 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7266 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7269 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7270 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7271 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7272 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7275 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7276 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7278 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7280 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7283 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7284 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7285 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7286 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7287 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7289 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7290 have their addresses modified. */
7293 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7295 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7296 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7297 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7298 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7299 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7300 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7305 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7307 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7308 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7309 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7311 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7312 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7314 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7315 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7317 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7322 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7323 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7325 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7327 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7331 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7332 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7335 switch (owner
->type
)
7338 case bp_single_step
:
7342 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7343 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7345 case bp_exception_resume
:
7346 case bp_step_resume
:
7347 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7348 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7350 case bp_std_terminate
:
7351 case bp_shlib_event
:
7352 case bp_thread_event
:
7353 case bp_overlay_event
:
7355 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7356 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7357 case bp_exception_master
:
7358 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7359 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7361 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7362 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7364 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7365 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7366 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7368 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7369 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7370 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7371 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7376 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7377 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7378 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7381 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7387 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7389 static struct bp_location
*
7390 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7392 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7396 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7398 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7402 /* Increment reference count. */
7405 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7410 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7411 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7414 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7416 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7418 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7419 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7423 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7426 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7428 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7430 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7431 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7433 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7435 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7444 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7447 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7448 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7450 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7452 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7454 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7458 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7459 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7460 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7462 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7465 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7467 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7468 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7469 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7470 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7474 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7475 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7477 static struct breakpoint
*
7478 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7480 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7482 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7484 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7485 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7489 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7490 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7494 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7496 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7498 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7499 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7500 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7503 const char *function_name
;
7504 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7506 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7507 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7509 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7511 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7513 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7514 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7515 &loc
->requested_address
))
7517 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7518 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7519 loc
->requested_address
,
7522 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7523 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7525 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7526 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7527 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7528 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7530 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7535 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7539 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7541 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7544 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7546 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7551 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7552 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7553 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7555 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7556 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7557 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7560 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7561 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7562 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7564 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7566 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7568 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7569 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7571 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7572 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7574 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7575 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7578 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7579 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7580 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7581 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7582 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7583 is also returned as the value of this function.
7585 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7586 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7587 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7588 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7589 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7590 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7591 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7594 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7595 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7596 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7598 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
7600 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7601 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7605 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7606 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7607 initiated the operation. */
7610 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7612 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7613 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7615 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7616 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7617 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7618 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7619 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7620 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7621 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7622 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7624 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7625 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7627 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7628 after their removal. */
7629 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7630 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7631 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7634 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7637 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7639 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7641 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7644 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7646 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7647 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7652 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7656 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7657 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7659 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7660 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7664 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7665 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7666 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7670 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7672 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7675 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7677 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7679 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7680 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7682 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7684 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7686 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7689 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7690 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7691 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7692 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7698 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7699 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7702 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7703 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7707 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7709 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7711 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7712 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7714 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7716 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7717 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7718 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7719 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7722 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7724 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7726 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7727 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7728 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7730 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7735 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7737 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7740 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7742 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7743 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7744 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7749 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7751 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7754 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7756 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7757 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7758 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7762 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7763 master breakpoint. */
7765 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7767 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7769 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7770 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7771 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7773 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7774 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7778 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7780 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7782 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7785 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7786 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7790 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7794 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7795 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7797 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7798 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7799 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7801 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7806 struct lang_and_radix
7812 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7815 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7817 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7818 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7821 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7824 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7826 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7828 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7829 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7830 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7835 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7837 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7839 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7840 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7841 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7842 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7845 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7848 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7850 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7853 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7854 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7855 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7858 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7859 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7860 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7862 static struct breakpoint
*
7863 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7864 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7866 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7868 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7869 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7870 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7875 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7877 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7880 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7883 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7885 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7887 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7889 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7890 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7898 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7899 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7902 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7904 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7906 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7908 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7909 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7911 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7912 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7913 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7914 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7915 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7916 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7917 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7918 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7919 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7920 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7921 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7922 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7925 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7930 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7931 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7932 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7935 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7938 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7940 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7942 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7943 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7945 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7946 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7947 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7948 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7949 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7950 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7951 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7952 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7953 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7955 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7956 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7957 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7958 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7961 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7962 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7964 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7966 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7967 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7968 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7971 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7976 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7977 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7978 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7981 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7983 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7985 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7988 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7989 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7990 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7991 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7992 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7993 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7994 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7995 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7996 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7997 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7999 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
8000 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
8005 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8006 int bp_modified
= 0;
8008 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
8011 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8013 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8015 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8016 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8019 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8022 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8025 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8026 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8029 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8031 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8032 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8033 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8034 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8035 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8038 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8045 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8049 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8051 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8052 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8053 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8054 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8055 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8057 struct fork_catchpoint
8059 /* The base class. */
8060 struct breakpoint base
;
8062 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8063 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8064 catchpoint has triggered. */
8065 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8068 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8072 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8074 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8077 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8081 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8083 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8086 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8090 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8091 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8092 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8094 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8096 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8099 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8103 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8106 static enum print_stop_action
8107 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8109 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8110 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8111 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8113 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8114 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8115 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8116 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8118 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8119 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8121 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8122 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8124 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8125 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
8126 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8127 uiout
->text ("), ");
8128 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8131 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8135 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8137 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8138 struct value_print_options opts
;
8139 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8141 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8143 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8144 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8146 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8147 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8149 uiout
->text ("fork");
8150 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8152 uiout
->text (", process ");
8153 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8157 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8158 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
8161 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8165 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8167 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8170 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8174 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8176 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8177 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8180 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8182 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8184 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8188 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8190 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8193 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8197 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8199 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8202 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8206 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8207 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8208 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8210 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8212 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8215 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8219 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8222 static enum print_stop_action
8223 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8225 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8226 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8227 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8229 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8230 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8231 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8232 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8234 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8235 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8237 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8238 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8240 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8241 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
8242 uiout
->field_int ("newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8243 uiout
->text ("), ");
8244 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8247 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8251 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8253 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8254 struct value_print_options opts
;
8255 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8257 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8258 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8259 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8261 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8262 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8264 uiout
->text ("vfork");
8265 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8267 uiout
->text (", process ");
8268 uiout
->field_int ("what", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8272 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8273 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
8276 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8280 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8282 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8285 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8289 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8291 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8292 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8295 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8297 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8299 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8300 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8301 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8302 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8303 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8305 struct solib_catchpoint
8307 /* The base class. */
8308 struct breakpoint base
;
8310 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8311 unsigned char is_load
;
8313 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8314 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8320 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8322 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8325 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8326 xfree (self
->regex
);
8328 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8332 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8338 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8344 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8345 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8347 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8349 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8350 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8352 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8357 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8359 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8362 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8365 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8368 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8370 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8379 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8381 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8382 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8387 struct so_list
*iter
;
8390 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8395 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8404 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8409 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8418 static enum print_stop_action
8419 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8421 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8422 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8424 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8425 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8426 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8427 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8429 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8430 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8432 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8433 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8434 print_solib_event (1);
8435 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8439 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8441 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8442 struct value_print_options opts
;
8443 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8446 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8447 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8448 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8450 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8453 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8460 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8462 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8467 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8469 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8471 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8474 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8475 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8479 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8481 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8483 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8484 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8488 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8490 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8493 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8494 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8497 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8500 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8502 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8503 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8504 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8505 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8506 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8507 created in an enabled state. */
8510 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8512 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8513 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8514 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8518 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8520 c
= new solib_catchpoint ();
8521 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8527 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8530 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8532 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8533 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8535 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8538 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8539 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8540 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8542 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8544 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8545 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8548 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8552 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8553 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8556 const int enabled
= 1;
8558 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8560 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8564 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8565 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8567 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8571 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8572 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8574 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8577 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8578 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8579 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8580 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8583 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8584 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8586 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8588 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8591 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8593 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8595 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8596 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8600 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8602 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8603 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8604 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8605 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8608 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8611 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8615 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8616 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8617 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8619 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= new fork_catchpoint ();
8621 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8623 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8625 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8628 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8630 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8631 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8632 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8633 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8634 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8636 struct exec_catchpoint
8638 /* The base class. */
8639 struct breakpoint base
;
8641 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8642 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8644 char *exec_pathname
;
8647 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8651 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8653 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8655 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8657 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8661 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8663 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8667 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8669 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8673 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8674 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8675 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8677 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8679 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8682 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8686 static enum print_stop_action
8687 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8689 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8690 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8691 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8693 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8694 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8695 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8696 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8698 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8699 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8701 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8702 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8704 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8705 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8706 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8707 uiout
->text ("), ");
8709 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8713 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8715 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8716 struct value_print_options opts
;
8717 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8719 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8721 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8722 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8723 is relatively readable). */
8724 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8725 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8727 uiout
->text ("exec");
8728 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8730 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8731 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8732 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8735 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8736 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8740 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8742 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8745 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8749 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8751 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8752 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8755 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8758 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8761 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8762 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8766 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8767 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8769 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8771 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8778 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8782 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8785 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8787 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8790 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8792 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8794 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8800 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8801 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8802 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8803 types _not_ TYPE. */
8806 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8807 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8810 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8812 *other_type_used
= 0;
8817 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8820 if (b
->type
== type
)
8821 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8822 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8823 *other_type_used
= 1;
8830 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8832 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8836 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8838 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8839 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8845 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8847 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8851 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8853 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8854 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8860 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8862 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8863 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8867 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8869 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8870 breakpoint_re_set ();
8873 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8876 static struct breakpoint
*
8877 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8879 struct breakpoint
*b
= new breakpoint ();
8881 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8882 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8884 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8885 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8888 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8890 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8895 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8896 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8900 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8901 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8903 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8905 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8907 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8909 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8910 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8911 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8912 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8914 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8915 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8917 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8918 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8920 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8925 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8926 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8927 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8929 static struct breakpoint
*
8930 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8932 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8935 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8937 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8938 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8939 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8941 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8942 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8943 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8944 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8945 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8946 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8947 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8948 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8949 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8950 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8951 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8952 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8954 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8955 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8956 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8958 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8962 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8966 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8968 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8972 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8976 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8979 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8981 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8983 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8984 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8986 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8990 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8993 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8995 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8996 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8998 printf_filtered ("\n");
9002 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
9004 static struct bp_location
*
9005 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9006 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9008 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9009 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9010 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9012 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9013 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9015 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9016 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9017 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9018 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9019 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9020 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9021 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9024 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9025 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9026 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9027 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9032 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9033 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9034 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9035 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9036 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9037 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9038 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9039 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9040 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9041 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9043 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9044 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9046 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9047 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9048 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9049 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9050 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9051 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9052 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9053 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9054 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9055 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9056 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9057 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9059 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9066 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9069 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9073 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9074 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9075 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9079 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9081 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9085 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9087 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9088 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9089 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9090 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9092 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9093 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9096 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9101 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9102 return 0 otherwise. */
9105 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9107 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9110 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9112 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9113 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9114 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9116 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9119 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9120 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9122 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9124 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9129 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9130 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9133 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9135 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9136 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9141 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9143 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9145 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9147 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9149 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9150 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9152 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9153 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9154 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9156 if (!dprintf_function
)
9157 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9159 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9160 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9165 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9169 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9171 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9172 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9175 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9176 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9180 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9181 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9183 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9184 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9186 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9188 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9189 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9190 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9191 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9192 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9194 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9198 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9199 current style settings. */
9202 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9203 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9205 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9209 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9210 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9214 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9215 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9216 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
9217 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
9220 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9221 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9222 struct event_location
*location
,
9223 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9225 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9226 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9227 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9228 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9229 int display_canonical
)
9233 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9235 int target_resources_ok
;
9237 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9238 target_resources_ok
=
9239 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9241 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9242 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9243 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9244 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9247 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9249 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9251 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9252 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9256 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9258 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9260 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9261 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9266 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9270 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9271 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9272 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9273 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9274 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9276 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9277 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9279 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9281 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9282 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9284 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9286 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9287 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9288 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9292 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9294 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9296 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9297 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9299 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9301 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9303 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9305 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9306 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9308 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9310 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9313 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9314 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9321 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9322 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9328 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9330 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9331 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9333 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9336 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9337 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9338 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9340 if (b
->extra_string
)
9341 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9343 error (_("Format string required"));
9345 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9346 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9349 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9350 if (location
!= NULL
)
9351 b
->location
= location
;
9354 const char *addr_string
= NULL
;
9355 int addr_string_len
= 0;
9357 if (location
!= NULL
)
9358 addr_string
= event_location_to_string (location
);
9359 if (addr_string
!= NULL
)
9360 addr_string_len
= strlen (addr_string
);
9362 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
,
9363 addr_string
, addr_string_len
);
9369 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9370 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9371 struct event_location
*location
,
9372 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9374 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9375 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9376 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9377 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9378 int display_canonical
)
9380 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9381 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9383 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9385 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9387 t
= new tracepoint ();
9391 b
= new breakpoint ();
9393 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9395 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9397 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9399 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9401 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9403 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9405 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9408 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9409 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9410 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9411 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9412 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9413 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9414 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9415 we take just a single condition string.
9417 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9418 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9419 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9420 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9421 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9424 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9425 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9426 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9427 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9428 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9429 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9430 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9433 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9435 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9436 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9438 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9440 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9441 'break', without arguments. */
9442 struct event_location
*location
9443 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9444 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9445 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9446 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9448 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9449 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9452 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9454 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9455 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9456 canonical
->special_display
);
9457 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9461 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9462 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9463 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9464 linespec locations).
9466 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9467 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9470 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9471 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9473 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9475 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9477 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9479 if (address
== NULL
)
9481 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9482 breakpoint address. */
9483 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9485 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9486 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9489 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9490 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9492 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9493 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9494 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9495 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9496 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9497 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9499 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9501 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9502 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9503 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9504 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9505 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9507 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9509 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9510 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9511 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9513 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9517 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9521 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9522 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9523 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9524 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9526 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9527 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9528 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9529 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9531 const char *address
= NULL
;
9533 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9534 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9538 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9539 && address
[1] != '['))
9541 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9542 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9543 get_last_displayed_line (),
9544 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9549 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9550 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9554 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9555 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9558 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9562 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9563 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9566 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9567 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9568 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9569 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9570 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9574 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9575 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9578 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9580 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9582 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9584 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9586 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9588 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9589 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9590 associated with SAL. */
9593 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9594 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9597 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9598 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9600 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9604 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9605 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9606 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9607 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9608 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9609 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9612 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9613 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9616 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9623 const char *end_tok
;
9625 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9626 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9628 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9630 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9632 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9636 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9638 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9640 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9642 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9643 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9645 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9647 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9650 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9653 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9655 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9656 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9659 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9664 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9666 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9667 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9668 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9673 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9677 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9681 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9683 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9684 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9686 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9687 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9688 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9689 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9694 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9696 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9698 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9699 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9701 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9702 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9703 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9705 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9706 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9708 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9710 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9712 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9714 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9716 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9717 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9719 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9722 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9728 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9731 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9732 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9733 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9735 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9737 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9738 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9739 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9742 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9743 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9744 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9747 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9749 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9751 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9752 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9753 extra_string
= NULL
;
9755 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9759 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9761 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9763 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9765 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9767 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9770 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9771 throw_exception (e
);
9773 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9775 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9776 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9777 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9778 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9779 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9782 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9783 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9784 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9785 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9789 throw_exception (e
);
9793 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9796 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9797 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9799 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9800 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9801 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9802 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9803 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9805 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9806 are ok for the target. */
9810 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9812 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9813 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9816 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9817 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9820 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9822 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9823 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9826 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9827 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9834 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9836 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9838 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9839 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9840 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9841 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9843 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9844 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9846 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9848 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9850 extra_string
= rest
;
9852 extra_string
= NULL
;
9856 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9857 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9858 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9860 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9863 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9864 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9866 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9869 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9870 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9874 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9875 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9876 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9877 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9878 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9882 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9884 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9886 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9888 t
= new tracepoint ();
9892 b
= new breakpoint ();
9894 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9895 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9898 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9901 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9904 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9905 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9907 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9911 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9912 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9914 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9915 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9917 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9918 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9919 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9920 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9921 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9922 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9923 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9924 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9926 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9929 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9931 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9932 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9933 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9936 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9938 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9939 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9940 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9942 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9943 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9948 /* Set a breakpoint.
9949 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9950 condition, and thread.
9951 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9952 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9956 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9958 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9959 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9960 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9962 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9963 struct event_location
*location
;
9964 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9966 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9967 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9969 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9970 if (location
!= NULL
9971 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9972 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9974 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9976 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9978 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9979 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9980 0 /* Ignore count */,
9981 pending_break_support
,
9987 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9990 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9993 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9997 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9999 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10000 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10001 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10004 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10005 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10006 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10007 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10010 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10012 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
10013 const struct block
*b
;
10014 struct symbol
*sym
;
10016 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10017 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10020 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10023 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10024 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10029 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10030 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10031 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10032 happen in assembly source). */
10034 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10035 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10037 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10039 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10041 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10043 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10050 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10052 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10056 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10058 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10062 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10064 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10068 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10070 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10074 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10076 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10077 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10078 stop at <line>\n"));
10082 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10086 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10088 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10090 char *argptr
= arg
;
10093 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10094 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10095 function/method name. */
10096 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10098 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10103 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10105 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10109 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10111 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10115 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10119 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10123 char *argptr
= arg
;
10126 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10127 it is probably a line number. */
10128 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10130 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10135 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10137 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10141 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10143 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10146 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10147 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10148 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10152 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10154 struct event_location
*location
;
10155 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10157 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10158 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10160 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10161 the next character must be ','. */
10164 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10165 error (_("Format string required"));
10168 /* Skip the comma. */
10173 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10175 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10177 0 /* Ignore count */,
10178 pending_break_support
,
10179 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10184 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10188 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10190 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10193 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10194 ranged breakpoints. */
10197 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10198 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10200 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10202 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10203 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10206 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10207 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10210 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10211 ranged breakpoints. */
10214 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10216 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10219 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10220 ranged breakpoints. */
10222 static enum print_stop_action
10223 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10225 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10226 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10227 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10229 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10231 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10232 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10234 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10236 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10238 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10239 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
10241 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
10242 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10244 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
10245 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10246 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10248 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
10249 uiout
->text (", ");
10251 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10254 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10255 ranged breakpoints. */
10258 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10259 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10261 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10262 struct value_print_options opts
;
10263 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10265 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10266 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10268 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10270 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10271 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10272 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10273 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
10274 annotate_field (5);
10275 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10279 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10280 ranged breakpoints. */
10283 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10284 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10286 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10287 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10292 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10293 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10295 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
10296 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
10297 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10298 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10299 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
10300 uiout
->text ("\n");
10303 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10304 ranged breakpoints. */
10307 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10309 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10310 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10313 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10315 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10318 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10319 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10320 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10323 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10324 ranged breakpoints. */
10327 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10329 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10330 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10331 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10332 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10335 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10337 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10339 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10340 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10341 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10342 last instruction of the given line. */
10345 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10349 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10350 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10351 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10358 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10360 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10362 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10369 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10372 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10374 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
;
10375 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10376 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10379 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10380 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10381 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10382 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10384 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10385 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10386 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10388 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10389 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10390 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10392 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10393 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10395 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10396 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10397 error(_("No address range specified."));
10399 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10402 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10403 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10404 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10405 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10408 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10409 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10410 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10412 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10414 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10415 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10416 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10418 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10419 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10420 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10422 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10423 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10425 /* Parse the end location. */
10427 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10430 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10431 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10432 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10433 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10434 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10435 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10436 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10437 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10438 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10439 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10441 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10443 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10444 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10446 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10447 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10448 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10449 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10451 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10453 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10454 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10455 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10457 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10459 /* Length overflowed. */
10460 error (_("Address range too large."));
10461 else if (length
== 1)
10463 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10464 the `hbreak' command. */
10465 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10467 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10472 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10473 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10474 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10475 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10476 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10477 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10478 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10479 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10480 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10482 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10485 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10486 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10489 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10490 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10491 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10495 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10497 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10503 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10504 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10507 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10517 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10518 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10519 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10520 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10521 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10523 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10550 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10553 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10554 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10559 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10560 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10561 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10562 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10563 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10564 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10565 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10567 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10568 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10573 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10575 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10576 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10577 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10578 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10580 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10581 are always constant. */
10583 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10585 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10586 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10587 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10592 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10593 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10594 then it is not a constant. */
10603 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10606 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10608 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10610 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10611 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10612 value_free (w
->val
);
10614 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10617 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10620 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10622 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10624 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10625 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10627 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10628 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10629 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10630 are loaded and unloaded.
10632 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10633 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10634 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10635 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10636 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10637 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10639 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10640 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10641 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10642 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10644 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10645 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10647 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10648 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10649 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10652 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10655 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10657 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10658 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10660 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10661 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10664 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10667 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10669 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10670 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10672 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10673 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10677 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10678 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10679 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10681 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10682 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10684 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10685 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10686 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10687 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10688 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10689 (did not match the data address). */
10690 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10691 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10698 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10700 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10702 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10705 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10706 hardware watchpoints. */
10709 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10711 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10712 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10714 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10717 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10718 hardware watchpoints. */
10721 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10723 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10724 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10727 static enum print_stop_action
10728 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10730 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10732 enum print_stop_action result
;
10733 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10734 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10736 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10738 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10739 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10741 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10743 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10744 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10750 case bp_watchpoint
:
10751 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10752 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10753 uiout
->field_string
10754 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10756 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10757 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10758 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10759 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10760 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10761 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10762 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10763 uiout
->text ("\n");
10764 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10765 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10768 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10769 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10770 uiout
->field_string
10771 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10773 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10774 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10775 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10776 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10777 uiout
->text ("\n");
10778 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10781 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10782 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10784 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10785 uiout
->field_string
10787 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10789 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10790 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10791 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, &stb
);
10792 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10793 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10798 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10799 uiout
->field_string
10801 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10802 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10803 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10805 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, &stb
);
10806 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10807 uiout
->text ("\n");
10808 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10811 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10814 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10818 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10822 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10824 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10825 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10826 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10830 case bp_watchpoint
:
10831 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10832 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10834 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10835 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10836 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10838 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10839 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10840 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10842 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10843 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10844 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10847 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10848 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10851 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
10852 uiout
->text (": ");
10853 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10854 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10857 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10861 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10863 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10867 case bp_watchpoint
:
10868 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10871 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10872 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10874 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10875 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10878 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10879 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10882 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10883 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10886 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10890 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10892 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10893 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10894 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10900 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10902 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10904 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10905 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10908 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10910 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10912 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10913 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10916 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10917 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10920 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10924 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10925 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10928 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10929 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10932 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10934 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10936 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10939 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10940 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10943 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10948 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10949 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10951 static enum print_stop_action
10952 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10954 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10955 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10957 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10958 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10960 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10961 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10965 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10966 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10967 uiout
->field_string
10968 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10971 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10972 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10973 uiout
->field_string
10974 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10977 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10978 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10979 uiout
->field_string
10981 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10984 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10985 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10989 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10990 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10991 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10992 uiout
->text ("\n");
10994 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10995 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10998 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10999 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11002 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
11003 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11005 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11007 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11008 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11010 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
11011 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11012 uiout
->text ("\n");
11015 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11016 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11019 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11021 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11022 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11023 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11027 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11028 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11029 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11031 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11032 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11033 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11035 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11036 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11037 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11040 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11041 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11044 uiout
->field_int ("number", b
->number
);
11045 uiout
->text (": ");
11046 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
11047 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11050 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11051 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11054 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11056 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11061 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11062 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11064 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11067 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11068 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11071 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11072 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11075 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11076 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11077 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11080 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11082 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11084 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11087 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11089 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11092 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11093 hw_read: watch read,
11094 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11096 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11097 int just_location
, int internal
)
11099 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11100 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11101 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11102 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11103 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11104 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11105 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11106 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11108 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11109 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11110 enum bptype bp_type
;
11113 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11114 the hardware watchpoint. */
11116 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11117 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11119 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11121 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11122 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11124 const char *value_start
;
11126 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11128 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11129 of the arguments string. */
11130 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11132 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11133 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11136 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11137 This is the value of the parameter. */
11138 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11140 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11142 /* Skip whitespace. */
11143 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11148 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11149 This is the parameter itself. */
11150 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11153 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11155 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11157 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11158 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11159 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11160 only in a specific thread. */
11164 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11166 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11167 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11169 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11170 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11171 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11173 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11175 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11177 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11178 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11180 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11183 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11185 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11187 mark
= value_mark ();
11188 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11189 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11190 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11193 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11196 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11197 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11204 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11205 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11207 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11208 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11209 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11210 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11211 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11213 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11214 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11216 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11219 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11220 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
11224 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11225 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11227 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11230 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11231 mark
= value_mark ();
11232 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11234 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11236 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11237 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11244 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11245 val
= value_addr (result
);
11246 release_value (val
);
11247 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11251 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11254 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11255 else if (ret
== -2)
11256 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11259 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11260 release_value (val
);
11262 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11263 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11265 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11266 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11268 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11269 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11270 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11272 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11273 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11274 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11279 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11281 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11283 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11284 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11285 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11286 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11287 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11289 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11292 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11293 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11294 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11295 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11297 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11299 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11300 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11302 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11303 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11305 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11306 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11307 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11308 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11309 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11310 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11311 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11312 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11313 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11317 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11318 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11319 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11320 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11322 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11323 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11324 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11325 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11327 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11329 w
= new watchpoint ();
11332 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11333 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11335 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11336 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11337 b
->thread
= thread
;
11338 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11339 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11340 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
11341 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11342 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11345 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11346 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11348 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11350 std::string name
= type_to_string (t
);
11352 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
.c_str (),
11353 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11355 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11356 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11358 /* The above expression is in C. */
11359 b
->language
= language_c
;
11362 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11366 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11371 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11372 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11377 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11379 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11383 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11384 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11388 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11389 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11392 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11394 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11395 need to act on them together. */
11396 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11397 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11400 if (!just_location
)
11401 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11405 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11406 that should be inserted. */
11407 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11409 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11411 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11412 throw_exception (e
);
11416 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11417 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11420 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11421 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11424 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11426 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11427 struct value
*head
= v
;
11429 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11430 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11433 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11434 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11435 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11436 hardware watchpoint.
11438 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11439 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11440 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11441 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11442 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11443 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11444 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11445 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11446 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11448 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11449 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11450 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11451 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11452 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11454 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11456 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11457 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11458 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11459 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11460 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11461 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11465 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11466 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11467 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11469 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11470 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11471 middle of some value chain. */
11473 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11474 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11476 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11480 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11481 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11482 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11484 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11488 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11492 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11493 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11494 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11495 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11496 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11499 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11500 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11501 return found_memory_cnt
;
11505 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11507 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11510 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11511 calls watch_command_1. */
11514 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11516 int just_location
= 0;
11519 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11520 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11522 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11526 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11530 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11532 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11536 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11538 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11542 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11544 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11548 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11550 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11554 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11556 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11560 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11561 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11564 struct until_break_fsm
11566 /* The base class. */
11567 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11569 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11572 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11573 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11575 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11577 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11580 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11581 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11582 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11583 struct thread_info
*thread
);
11584 static enum async_reply_reason
11585 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11587 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11589 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11592 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11593 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11594 NULL
, /* return_value */
11595 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11598 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11600 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11601 new_until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
11602 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11603 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11605 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11607 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11608 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
, cmd_interp
);
11610 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11611 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11612 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11617 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11618 until(location)/advance commands. */
11621 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11622 struct thread_info
*tp
)
11624 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11626 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11627 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11628 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11629 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11630 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11631 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11636 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11637 until(location)/advance commands. */
11640 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
,
11641 struct thread_info
*thread
)
11643 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11645 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11646 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11648 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11649 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11651 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11653 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11654 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11656 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11659 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11660 until(location)/advance commands. */
11662 static enum async_reply_reason
11663 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11665 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11669 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11671 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11672 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11673 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11674 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11675 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11676 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11677 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11678 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11679 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11681 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11682 struct event_location
*location
;
11683 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11685 clear_proceed_status (0);
11687 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11690 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11691 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11693 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11694 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11695 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11696 get_last_displayed_line ());
11698 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11699 NULL
, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11701 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11702 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11704 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11705 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11708 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11710 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11712 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11713 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11715 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11717 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11718 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11719 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11722 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11723 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11724 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11725 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11727 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11730 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11732 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11733 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11735 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11736 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11737 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11738 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11742 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11744 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11745 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11748 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11752 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11753 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11754 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11755 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11757 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11758 only at the very same frame. */
11759 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11760 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11761 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11763 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11764 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11765 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11767 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11769 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11771 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11774 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11775 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11777 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11778 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11779 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11780 if clause in the arg string. */
11783 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11787 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11790 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11793 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11794 condition string. */
11795 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11796 cond_string
= *arg
;
11798 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11800 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11802 return cond_string
;
11805 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11806 process start/exit, etc. */
11810 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11811 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11816 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11817 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11819 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11820 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11821 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11824 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11825 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11826 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11830 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11832 /* The allowed syntax is:
11834 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11836 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11837 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11839 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11840 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11842 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11843 and enable reporting of such events. */
11846 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11847 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11848 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11849 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11851 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11852 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11853 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11854 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11857 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11863 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11864 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11866 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11867 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11869 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11871 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11875 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11877 /* The allowed syntax is:
11879 catch exec if <cond>
11881 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11882 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11884 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11885 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11887 c
= new exec_catchpoint ();
11888 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11889 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11890 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11892 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11896 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11897 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11898 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11900 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11907 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11909 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11911 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11912 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11913 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11914 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11915 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11916 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11917 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11918 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11919 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11920 enough for now, though. */
11923 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11925 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11926 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11927 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11928 language_def (language_ada
));
11929 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11933 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11935 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11940 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11942 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11945 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11948 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11950 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11951 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11952 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11953 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11955 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11957 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11960 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11964 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11967 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11970 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11972 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11973 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11976 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11977 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11979 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11983 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11984 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11985 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11986 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11991 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11992 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11993 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11995 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11996 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11997 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11998 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11999 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12000 error (_("No source file specified."));
12002 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12008 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12009 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12010 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12011 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12013 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12014 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12015 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12016 due to optimization, all in one block.
12018 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12019 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12020 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12021 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12022 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12023 to support that. */
12025 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12026 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12027 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12031 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12032 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12034 const char *sal_fullname
;
12036 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12037 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12038 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12041 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12046 1 0 <can't happen> */
12048 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12049 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12050 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12052 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12053 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12056 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12057 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12059 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12060 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12062 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12063 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12064 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12066 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12067 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12068 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12069 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12070 int line_match
= 0;
12072 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12073 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12074 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12075 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12076 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12077 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12078 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12081 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12090 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12094 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12095 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12098 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12100 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12103 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12104 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12105 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12106 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12107 compare_breakpoints
);
12108 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12109 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12113 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12118 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12119 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12122 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12123 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12125 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12128 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12131 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12132 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12135 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12137 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12140 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12141 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12142 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12145 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12147 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12149 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12150 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12151 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12153 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12155 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12157 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12158 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12162 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12163 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12164 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12165 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12166 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12167 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12170 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12172 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12173 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12175 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12176 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12178 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12179 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12182 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12183 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12184 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12186 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12187 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12188 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12190 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12191 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12192 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12194 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12195 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12196 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12198 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12201 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12202 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12203 content of the bp_location array. */
12206 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12208 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12210 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12211 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12213 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12215 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12217 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12220 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12221 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12223 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12224 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12225 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12226 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12228 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12230 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12231 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12232 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12233 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12237 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12240 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12242 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12243 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12244 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12246 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12248 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12250 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12251 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12252 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12254 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12255 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12256 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12259 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12261 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12262 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12264 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12267 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12270 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12272 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12273 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12274 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12275 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12278 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12280 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12283 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12285 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12286 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12287 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12288 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12291 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12294 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12297 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12299 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12300 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12301 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12302 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12304 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12305 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12306 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12307 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12308 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12310 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12311 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12312 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12313 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12314 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12315 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12316 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12317 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12320 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12321 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12322 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12326 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12328 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12329 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12330 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12333 address
= bl
->address
;
12334 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12336 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12337 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12338 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12340 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12341 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12344 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12345 the same program space as the location
12346 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12347 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12348 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12352 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12353 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12356 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12357 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12358 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12359 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12360 that have already been marked. */
12361 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12363 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12365 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
12368 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12369 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12370 locations are duplicate of which.
12372 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12373 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12377 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12379 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12380 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12381 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12382 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12383 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12384 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12385 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12387 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12388 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12389 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12390 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12391 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12393 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12394 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12395 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12396 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12398 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12399 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12400 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12401 unsigned old_location_count
;
12403 old_location
= bp_location
;
12404 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12405 bp_location
= NULL
;
12406 bp_location_count
= 0;
12407 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12410 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12411 bp_location_count
++;
12413 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12414 locp
= bp_location
;
12415 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12416 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12418 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12419 bp_location_compare
);
12421 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12423 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12424 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12425 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12426 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12427 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12430 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12431 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12433 locp
= bp_location
;
12434 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12437 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12438 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12440 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12441 not, we have to free it. */
12442 int found_object
= 0;
12443 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12444 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12447 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12448 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12449 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12450 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12454 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12455 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12458 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12459 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12460 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12462 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12463 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12464 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12466 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12467 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12470 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12474 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12475 have to go through updates again. */
12476 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12478 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12480 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12482 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12483 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12484 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12485 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12486 at certain location is not inserted. */
12488 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12490 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12493 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12495 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12496 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12497 keep_in_target
= 1;
12501 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12502 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12503 remove its target-side condition. */
12505 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12506 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12507 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12508 this one from the target. */
12510 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12511 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12514 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12515 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12518 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12520 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12522 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12523 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12524 supported, but the latter are. */
12525 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12527 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12528 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12531 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12532 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12534 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12535 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12537 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12538 keep_in_target
= 1;
12546 if (!keep_in_target
)
12548 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
12550 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12551 this location on the global list, and try to
12552 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12553 reason why we will succeed next time.
12555 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12556 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12557 only after calling us. */
12558 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12559 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12560 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12568 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12569 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12571 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12572 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12573 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12574 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12575 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12576 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12577 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12578 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12579 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12580 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12581 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12582 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12583 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12584 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12587 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12588 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12590 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12591 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12592 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12593 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12594 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12595 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12596 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12597 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12598 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12599 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12600 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12601 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12602 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12605 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12606 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12607 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12608 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12610 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12611 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12612 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12613 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12614 traps we can no longer explain. */
12616 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12617 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12619 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12623 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12624 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12629 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12630 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12631 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12632 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12633 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12634 are sorted first for the same address.
12636 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12637 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12639 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12640 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12641 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12642 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12643 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12645 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12647 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12650 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12651 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12652 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12653 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12654 `struct bp_location'. */
12655 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12657 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12658 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12662 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12663 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12664 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12665 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12666 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12667 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12669 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12671 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12672 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12673 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12675 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12676 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12678 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12680 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12681 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12682 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12688 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12689 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12690 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12692 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12693 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12695 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12696 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12699 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12701 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12702 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12705 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12706 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12707 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12708 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12709 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12711 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12715 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12716 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12718 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12722 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12724 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12727 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12728 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12730 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12731 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12737 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12742 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12744 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12750 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12753 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12757 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12758 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12760 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12761 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12762 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12766 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12768 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12770 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12772 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12776 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12780 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12782 struct value_print_options opts
;
12784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12786 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12788 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12790 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12791 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12792 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12793 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12795 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12796 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12798 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12800 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12801 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12806 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12807 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12813 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12815 printf_filtered (" at ");
12816 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12819 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12821 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12823 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12824 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12825 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12826 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12828 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12829 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12830 real situation somewhat. */
12831 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12832 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12837 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12839 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12841 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12846 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12849 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12851 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12854 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12859 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12863 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12865 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12866 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12867 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12868 xfree (self
->filter
);
12869 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12870 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12873 static struct bp_location
*
12874 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12876 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12878 loc
= new struct bp_location ();
12879 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12884 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12886 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12889 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12890 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12893 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12895 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12899 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12900 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12902 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12906 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12907 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12909 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12911 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12915 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12920 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12924 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12926 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12929 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12933 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12935 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12938 static enum print_stop_action
12939 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12941 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12945 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12946 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12952 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12954 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12958 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12960 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12964 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12965 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12966 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12967 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12969 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12973 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12974 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12976 char *extra_string
,
12977 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12978 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12980 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12981 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12982 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12983 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12985 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12989 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12990 const struct event_location
*location
,
12991 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
12992 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12994 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12997 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13000 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13005 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13008 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13010 /* Nothing to do. */
13013 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13015 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13016 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13017 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13018 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13019 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13020 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13021 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13022 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13023 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13024 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13026 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13027 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13028 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13029 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13030 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13031 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13032 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13033 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13036 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13039 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13041 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13042 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
13044 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13045 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13049 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13053 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13055 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
13057 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
13058 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
13060 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13061 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13063 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13067 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13069 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13070 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13072 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
13076 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13077 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13078 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13080 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13081 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13084 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13088 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13089 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13090 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13097 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13098 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13099 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13101 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13102 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13104 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13105 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13106 be set at the same address. */
13110 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13114 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13116 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13121 static enum print_stop_action
13122 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13124 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13125 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13127 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13129 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13131 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13132 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13134 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13135 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13136 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13139 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13140 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
13143 uiout
->text ("Temporary breakpoint ");
13145 uiout
->text ("Breakpoint ");
13146 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13148 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
13149 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13150 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13152 uiout
->field_int ("bkptno", b
->number
);
13153 uiout
->text (", ");
13155 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13159 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13161 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13166 case bp_breakpoint
:
13167 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13168 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13169 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13171 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13172 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13173 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13174 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13176 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13177 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13180 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13188 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13190 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13191 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13192 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13193 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13194 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13195 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13196 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13197 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13198 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13200 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13201 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13203 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13204 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13206 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13207 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13208 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13209 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13211 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13215 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13216 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13217 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13219 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13223 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13224 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13226 char *extra_string
,
13227 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13228 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13230 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13231 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13232 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13233 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13235 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13236 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13238 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13239 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13240 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13244 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13245 const struct event_location
*location
,
13246 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13247 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13249 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13252 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13255 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13259 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13260 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13261 case bp_overlay_event
:
13262 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13263 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13264 case bp_exception_master
:
13265 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13268 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13269 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13270 case bp_shlib_event
:
13272 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13273 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13274 case bp_thread_event
:
13280 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13282 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13284 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13285 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13286 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13287 objects (among other things). */
13288 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13289 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13295 static enum print_stop_action
13296 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13298 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13300 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13304 case bp_shlib_event
:
13305 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13306 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13307 to shlib event" message.) */
13308 print_solib_event (0);
13311 case bp_thread_event
:
13312 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13313 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13314 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13317 case bp_overlay_event
:
13318 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13319 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13322 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13323 /* These should never be enabled. */
13324 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13327 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13328 /* These should never be enabled. */
13329 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13330 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13333 case bp_exception_master
:
13334 /* These should never be enabled. */
13335 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13336 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13340 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13344 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13346 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13349 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13352 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13354 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13355 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13356 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13357 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13361 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13363 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13366 static enum print_stop_action
13367 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13369 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13373 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13375 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13378 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13380 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13381 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13384 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13386 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13389 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13391 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13394 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13397 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13399 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13403 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13405 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13406 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13415 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
13416 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
13418 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13419 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13420 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13424 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
13428 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13429 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13430 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13432 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13434 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
13435 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13436 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13440 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13441 const struct event_location
*location
,
13442 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13443 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13445 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
13447 error (_("probe not found"));
13450 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13453 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13455 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13459 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13460 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13461 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13463 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13469 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13470 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13472 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13473 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13475 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13477 uiout
->text ("\tmarker id is ");
13478 uiout
->field_string ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13479 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13480 uiout
->text ("\n");
13485 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13487 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13492 case bp_tracepoint
:
13493 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13494 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13496 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13497 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13498 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13500 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13501 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13502 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13505 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13506 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13513 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13515 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13517 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13518 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13519 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13520 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13521 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13524 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13525 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13527 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13528 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13529 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13531 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13532 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13536 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13537 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13538 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13540 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13544 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13545 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13547 char *extra_string
,
13548 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13549 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13551 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13552 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13553 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13554 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13556 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13557 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13559 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13560 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13561 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13565 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13566 const struct event_location
*location
,
13567 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13568 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13570 decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13573 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13575 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13579 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13580 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13581 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13582 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13584 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13585 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13589 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13590 const struct event_location
*location
,
13591 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13592 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13594 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13595 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, sals
);
13598 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13600 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13603 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13605 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13607 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13608 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13610 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13611 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13612 3 - disconnect from target 1
13613 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13615 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13616 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13617 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13618 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13619 it all the time. */
13620 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13621 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13624 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13627 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13630 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13632 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13635 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13638 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13639 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13640 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13641 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13642 address are all handled. */
13645 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13647 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13648 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13649 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13651 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13652 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13653 condition not be evaluated. */
13656 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13657 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13658 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13659 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13660 commands here throws. */
13661 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13662 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13663 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13665 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13667 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13668 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13670 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13673 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13677 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13678 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13679 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13681 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13682 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13684 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13686 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13687 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13689 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13690 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13691 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13692 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13694 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13695 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13699 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13700 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13702 char *extra_string
,
13703 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13704 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13706 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13707 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13708 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13709 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13712 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13713 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13715 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13716 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13717 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13718 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13719 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13720 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13722 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13724 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13725 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13726 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13727 struct event_location
*location
;
13729 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13730 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13732 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13733 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13735 tp
= new tracepoint ();
13736 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13738 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13739 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13740 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13741 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13742 canonical
->special_display
);
13743 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13744 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13745 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13746 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13747 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13748 corresponds to this one */
13749 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13751 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13753 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13758 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13759 const struct event_location
*location
,
13760 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
13761 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13763 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13764 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13766 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13767 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13769 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13773 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13776 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13779 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13781 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13784 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13788 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13790 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13792 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13794 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13795 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13798 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13799 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13800 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13801 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13802 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13805 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13806 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13807 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13808 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13810 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13813 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13814 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13815 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13817 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13818 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13820 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13821 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13822 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13823 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13827 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13829 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13830 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13831 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13832 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13833 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13836 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13837 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13838 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13839 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13841 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13843 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13844 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13847 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13849 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13853 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13855 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13856 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13857 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13858 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13859 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13860 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13861 commands won't work. */
13863 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13865 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13866 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13867 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13868 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13869 might be better design to have location completely
13870 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13871 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13873 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13874 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13875 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13876 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13881 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13883 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13887 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13889 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13892 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13893 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13896 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13897 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13901 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13906 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13908 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13909 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13911 if (next
== related
)
13913 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13914 function (related
, data
);
13916 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13917 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13922 function (related
, data
);
13926 while (related
!= b
);
13930 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13932 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13935 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13936 delete_breakpoint. */
13939 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13941 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13945 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13947 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13953 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13955 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13956 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13957 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13959 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13961 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13965 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13967 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13969 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13970 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13971 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13975 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13978 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13979 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13983 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13985 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13987 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13988 if ((pspace
== NULL
13989 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13990 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13991 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13996 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13997 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13998 Null names are ignored. */
14001 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
14003 struct bp_location
*l
;
14004 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
14005 (int (*) (const void *,
14006 const void *)) streq
,
14007 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
14009 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14012 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
14014 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
14018 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14020 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14024 htab_delete (htab
);
14030 htab_delete (htab
);
14034 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14035 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14036 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14037 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14038 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14039 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14040 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14041 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14044 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14045 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14046 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14047 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14048 in the sources, and output a warning.
14050 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14051 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14052 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14053 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14054 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14057 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14058 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14059 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14060 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14061 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14062 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14063 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14064 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14065 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14067 static struct symtab_and_line
14068 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14070 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14071 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14076 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14078 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14080 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14081 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14083 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14085 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14086 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14087 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14092 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14094 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14096 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14097 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14099 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14102 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14104 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14106 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14107 struct symbol
*sym
;
14108 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14109 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14110 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14112 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14114 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14115 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14117 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14118 "found at previous line number"),
14119 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14123 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14125 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14126 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14127 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
14130 uiout
->field_string ("func", SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14131 uiout
->text (" at ");
14133 uiout
->field_string ("file",
14134 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14137 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
14139 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14141 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
14144 uiout
->field_int ("line", sal2
.line
);
14145 uiout
->text ("\n");
14147 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14148 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14150 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14151 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14152 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14153 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14154 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14155 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14156 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14158 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14161 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14167 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14168 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14171 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14175 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14178 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14181 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14188 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14194 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
14195 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
14196 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
14198 static struct bp_location
*
14199 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
14201 struct bp_location head
;
14202 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
14203 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
14204 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
14206 if (pspace
== NULL
)
14217 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
14232 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
14233 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
14234 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
14235 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
14239 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14240 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
14241 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14242 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14245 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
14247 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14249 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14251 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14252 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14253 "multiple locations found\n"),
14258 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14259 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14260 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14261 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14262 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14263 individual locations. */
14264 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14267 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
14269 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14271 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14273 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14275 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14277 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14279 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14283 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14286 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14287 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14290 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14292 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14293 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14294 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14295 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14300 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14302 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14304 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14308 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14311 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14312 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14313 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14314 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14315 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14316 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14317 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14319 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14321 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14323 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14324 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14326 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14327 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14335 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14336 if (l
->function_name
14337 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14347 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14348 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14351 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14352 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14354 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14355 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14356 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
14358 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14359 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14361 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14365 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
, &sals
);
14367 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14369 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14373 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14374 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14375 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14376 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14377 state, then user already saw the message about that
14378 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14380 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14381 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14383 && search_pspace
!= NULL
14384 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
14385 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14386 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14387 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14388 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14390 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14392 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14393 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14394 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14395 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14396 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14397 which approach is better. */
14398 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14399 throw_exception (e
);
14404 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14408 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14409 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14410 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14412 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14415 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14416 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14418 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14420 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14421 b
->thread
= thread
;
14425 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14426 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14428 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14431 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14432 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14442 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14443 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14447 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14450 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14451 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14452 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14453 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
14455 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, filter_pspace
, &found
);
14458 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14462 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14464 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
,
14465 filter_pspace
, &found
);
14468 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14469 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14473 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14476 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14477 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14480 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14481 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14482 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14484 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14487 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14488 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14492 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14493 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14495 char *extra_string
,
14496 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14497 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14499 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14500 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14501 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14502 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14504 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14506 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14507 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14508 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14511 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14512 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14515 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14516 const struct event_location
*location
,
14517 struct program_space
*search_pspace
,
14518 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14520 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14522 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14523 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
14524 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14525 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14528 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14529 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14531 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14533 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14535 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14536 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14537 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14539 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14542 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14545 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14547 static struct cleanup
*
14548 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14550 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14551 set_language (b
->language
);
14553 return make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
14556 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14557 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14558 Unused in this case. */
14561 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14563 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14564 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14565 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14567 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14568 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14569 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14573 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
14574 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
14577 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14579 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14580 enum language save_language
;
14581 int save_input_radix
;
14582 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14584 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14585 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14586 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14588 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
14589 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
14590 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
14591 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
14593 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14595 /* Format possible error msg. */
14596 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14598 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14599 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14600 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14602 set_language (save_language
);
14603 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14605 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14607 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14609 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14610 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14611 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14612 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14614 /* Now we can insert. */
14615 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14618 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14620 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14621 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14623 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14625 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14627 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14628 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14630 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14631 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14632 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14634 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14638 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14639 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14640 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14643 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14645 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14651 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14653 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14655 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14656 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14661 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14665 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14666 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14668 else if (count
== 1)
14669 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14672 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14673 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14676 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14680 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14683 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14686 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14692 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14694 num
= get_number (&p
);
14696 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14698 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14700 set_ignore_count (num
,
14701 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14704 printf_filtered ("\n");
14707 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14708 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14711 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
14712 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14717 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14719 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14720 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14722 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14724 while (!parser
.finished ())
14726 const char *p
= parser
.cur_tok ();
14727 bool match
= false;
14729 num
= parser
.get_number ();
14732 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14736 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14737 if (b
->number
== num
)
14740 function (b
, data
);
14744 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14749 static struct bp_location
*
14750 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14752 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14756 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14757 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14762 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14764 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14767 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14772 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14773 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14776 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14778 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14782 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14785 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14791 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14792 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14793 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14796 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14798 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14799 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14800 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14801 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14804 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14806 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14807 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14809 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14810 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14812 struct bp_location
*location
;
14814 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14815 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14818 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14820 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14823 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14826 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14828 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14831 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14832 disable_breakpoint. */
14835 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14837 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14841 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14845 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14847 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14848 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14849 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14853 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14857 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14859 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14866 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14868 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14869 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14870 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14871 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14873 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14876 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14877 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14883 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14886 int target_resources_ok
;
14888 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14891 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14892 target_resources_ok
=
14893 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14895 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14896 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14897 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14898 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14901 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14903 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14904 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14908 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14910 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14911 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14912 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14914 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14916 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14917 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14924 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14926 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14927 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14929 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14930 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14932 struct bp_location
*location
;
14934 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14935 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14938 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14939 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14940 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14942 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14947 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14949 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14953 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14955 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14958 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14959 enable_breakpoint. */
14962 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14964 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14967 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14968 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14969 in stopping the inferior. */
14972 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14976 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14978 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14979 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14980 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14984 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14988 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14990 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14997 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14999 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
15000 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
15001 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
15002 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
15004 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
15007 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15008 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
15013 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
15023 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
15025 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
15027 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
15031 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15033 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
15035 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15039 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15041 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15045 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
15047 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
15049 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15053 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15058 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
15060 count
= get_number (&args
);
15062 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
15066 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15068 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15070 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15074 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15076 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15080 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15085 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15089 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15090 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15094 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15095 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15096 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15098 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15100 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15101 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15102 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15104 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15106 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15108 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15110 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15111 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15112 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15113 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15115 value_free (wp
->val
);
15123 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15126 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15127 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15130 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15131 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15132 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15134 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15136 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15137 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15140 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15142 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15143 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15144 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15146 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15149 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
15152 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
15154 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
15155 VEC (CORE_ADDR
) * next_pcs
;
15157 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
15159 if (next_pcs
!= NULL
)
15163 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
15164 struct address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
15166 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
, i
, pc
); i
++)
15167 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
15169 VEC_free (CORE_ADDR
, next_pcs
);
15177 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15180 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15181 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15184 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15186 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15188 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15194 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15198 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15201 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15203 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15205 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15206 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15212 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15214 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15216 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15218 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15219 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15223 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15225 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15226 struct event_location
*location
;
15227 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15229 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15230 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15231 if (location
!= NULL
15232 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15233 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15235 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15237 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15239 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15241 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15242 0 /* Ignore count */,
15243 pending_break_support
,
15247 0 /* internal */, 0);
15248 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15252 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15254 struct event_location
*location
;
15255 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15257 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15258 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15259 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15261 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15263 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15264 0 /* Ignore count */,
15265 pending_break_support
,
15266 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15269 0 /* internal */, 0);
15270 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15273 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15276 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15278 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15279 struct event_location
*location
;
15280 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15282 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15283 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15284 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15286 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15287 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15291 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15292 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15295 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15296 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15298 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15300 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15301 0 /* Ignore count */,
15302 pending_break_support
,
15306 0 /* internal */, 0);
15307 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15310 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15311 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15313 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15314 static int next_cmd
;
15317 read_uploaded_action (void)
15321 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15328 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15329 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15330 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15331 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15332 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15334 struct tracepoint
*
15335 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15337 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15338 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15339 struct event_location
*location
;
15340 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15342 if (utp
->at_string
)
15343 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15346 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15347 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15348 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15350 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15351 "source location, using raw address"),
15353 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15354 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15357 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15358 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15359 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15360 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15363 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15364 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15365 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15367 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15368 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15370 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15371 0 /* Ignore count */,
15372 pending_break_support
,
15373 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15375 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15377 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15379 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15383 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15385 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15386 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15387 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15391 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15394 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15397 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15398 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15399 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15401 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15403 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15408 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15410 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15412 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15413 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15414 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15415 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15418 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15419 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15420 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15425 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15429 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15431 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15434 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15436 if (num_printed
== 0)
15438 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15439 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
15441 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15444 default_collect_info ();
15447 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15448 Not supported by all targets. */
15450 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15452 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15455 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15456 Not supported by all targets. */
15458 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15460 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15463 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15465 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15467 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15473 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15475 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15476 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15477 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15479 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15480 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15482 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15486 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15488 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15490 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15491 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15492 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15496 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15499 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15502 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15504 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15505 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15507 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15508 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15511 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15513 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15514 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15515 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15518 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15520 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15521 unsigned int count
;
15523 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15524 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15525 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15527 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15529 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15530 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15532 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15534 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15536 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15538 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15540 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15541 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15544 else if (*args
== '\0')
15546 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15548 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15552 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
15553 while (!parser
.finished ())
15555 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
15557 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15562 struct tracepoint
*
15563 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15565 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15567 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15568 if (t
->number
== num
)
15569 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15574 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15575 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15578 struct tracepoint
*
15579 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15581 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15583 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15585 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15587 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15594 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15595 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15596 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15597 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15599 struct tracepoint
*
15600 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15601 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
15603 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15605 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15607 if (parser
!= NULL
)
15609 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
15610 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
15612 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15613 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15615 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15619 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15620 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15623 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15627 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15628 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15630 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15633 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15638 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15640 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15641 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15644 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15649 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15650 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15651 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15655 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15656 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15658 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15660 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15661 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15663 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15664 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15666 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15669 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15670 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15673 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15674 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15679 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15681 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15683 /* We can stop searching. */
15690 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15694 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15695 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15699 if (!fp
.open (filename
, "w"))
15700 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15701 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15703 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15704 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
15706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15708 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15709 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15712 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15713 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15716 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
15718 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15719 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15722 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15723 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15725 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15726 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15728 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15730 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
15732 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
15735 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15737 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15739 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15740 throw_exception (ex
);
15744 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15745 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15748 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15749 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15751 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15752 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15753 special, and not user visible. */
15754 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15756 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15759 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15761 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15765 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15766 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15769 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15770 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15773 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15776 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15778 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15781 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15784 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15786 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15789 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15791 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15792 all_tracepoints (void)
15794 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15795 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15797 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15799 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15806 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15807 locations used by several commands. */
15809 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15810 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15811 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15812 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15813 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15814 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15816 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15817 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15818 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15820 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15821 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15822 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15823 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15824 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15826 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15827 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15828 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15831 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15832 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15833 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15834 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15835 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15836 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15837 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15840 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15841 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15843 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15844 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15845 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15846 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15847 conditions are different.\n\
15849 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15851 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15852 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15854 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15855 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15858 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15859 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15860 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15861 void *user_data_catch
,
15862 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15864 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15866 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15868 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15869 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15870 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15872 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15874 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15875 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15876 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15880 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15882 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15883 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15884 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15887 struct breakpoint
*
15888 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15891 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15893 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15895 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15902 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15903 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15906 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15908 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15909 non-inline function. */
15910 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15916 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15917 have been inlined. */
15920 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15921 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15923 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15924 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15926 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15928 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15931 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15933 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15934 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15942 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15945 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15947 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15949 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15950 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15951 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15955 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15957 static int initialized
= 0;
15959 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15965 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15966 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15967 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15968 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15969 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15971 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15972 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15973 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15974 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15975 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15976 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15978 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15979 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15981 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15982 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15983 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15984 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15985 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15987 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15988 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15989 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15990 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15991 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15992 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15993 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15994 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15995 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15996 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15998 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15999 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16000 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16001 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16002 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16003 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16004 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16006 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16007 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16008 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16009 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16010 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16011 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16012 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16014 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16015 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16016 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16017 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16019 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16020 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16021 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16022 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16023 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16024 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16025 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
16028 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16029 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16030 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16031 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16032 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16033 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16034 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16035 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16036 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16037 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16038 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16039 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16040 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16041 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16043 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16044 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16045 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16046 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16047 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16048 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16049 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16050 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16051 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16052 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16053 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16056 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16057 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16058 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16059 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16060 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16061 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16062 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16063 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
16064 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16065 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
16067 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16068 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16069 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16070 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
16071 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
16073 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16074 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16075 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16076 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
16077 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16078 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
16080 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16081 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16082 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16083 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16084 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16085 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16086 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16087 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16088 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16089 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16091 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16092 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16093 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16094 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16095 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16096 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16097 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16098 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16099 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16100 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16102 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16103 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16104 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16105 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16106 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16107 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16108 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16109 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16110 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16111 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16112 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16114 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16115 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16116 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16117 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16118 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16119 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16120 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16121 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16122 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16123 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16124 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16125 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16127 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16128 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16129 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16130 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16131 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16132 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16133 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16134 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16135 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16138 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16140 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16143 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16145 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16147 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16149 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16150 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16151 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16153 breakpoint_objfile_key
16154 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16156 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16157 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16158 before a breakpoint is set. */
16159 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16161 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16163 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16164 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16165 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16167 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16168 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
16169 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16170 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
16172 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16173 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16174 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16175 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16176 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16178 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16179 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16180 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16181 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16182 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16184 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16185 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16186 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16187 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16188 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16190 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16191 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16193 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16194 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16195 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16196 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16198 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16199 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16201 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16202 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16203 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16204 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16206 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16207 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16209 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16210 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16211 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16212 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16213 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16214 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16215 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16217 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16219 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16220 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16221 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16222 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16223 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16224 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16226 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16227 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16228 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16231 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16232 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16233 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16236 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16237 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16238 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16239 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16242 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16243 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16244 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16247 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16248 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16249 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16252 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16253 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16254 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16255 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16258 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16259 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16260 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16261 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16262 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16263 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16264 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16265 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16267 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16268 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16269 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16270 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16271 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16272 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16275 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16276 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16277 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16278 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16280 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16281 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16282 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16283 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16284 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16286 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16287 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16288 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16289 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16290 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16293 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16294 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16295 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16297 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16298 is executing in.\n"
16299 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16300 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16301 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16303 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16304 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16305 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16306 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16308 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16309 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16310 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16311 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16315 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16316 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16317 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16318 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16319 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16320 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16321 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16322 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16323 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16324 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16325 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16326 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16327 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16328 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16329 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16330 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16332 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16333 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16334 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16335 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16336 breakpoint set."));
16339 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16340 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16341 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16342 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16343 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16344 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16345 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16346 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16347 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16349 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16350 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16351 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16352 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16353 breakpoint set."));
16355 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16357 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16358 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16359 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16360 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16361 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16362 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16363 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16364 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16365 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16366 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16367 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16368 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16369 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16371 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16372 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16373 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16374 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16376 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16378 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16379 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16380 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16381 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16383 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16384 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16385 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16386 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16388 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16389 catch_fork_command_1
,
16391 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16392 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16393 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16394 catch_fork_command_1
,
16396 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16397 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16398 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16399 catch_exec_command_1
,
16403 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16404 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16405 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16406 catch_load_command_1
,
16410 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16411 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16412 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16413 catch_unload_command_1
,
16418 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16419 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16420 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16421 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16422 an expression changes.\n\
16423 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16424 the memory to which it refers."));
16425 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16427 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16428 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16429 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16430 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16431 an expression is read.\n\
16432 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16433 the memory to which it refers."));
16434 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16436 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16437 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16438 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16439 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16440 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16441 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16442 the memory to which it refers."));
16443 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16445 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16446 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16448 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16449 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16450 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16451 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16452 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16453 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16454 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16455 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16456 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16459 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16460 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16462 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16464 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16466 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16467 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16469 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16470 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16471 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16473 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16474 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16475 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16476 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16478 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16479 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16481 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16482 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16483 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16485 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16486 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16488 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16489 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16490 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16491 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16492 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16493 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16494 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16495 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16496 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16498 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16499 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16500 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16501 conditions are different.\n\
16503 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16504 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16505 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16507 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16508 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16509 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16510 last tracepoint set."));
16512 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16514 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16515 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16516 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16517 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16519 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16521 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16522 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16523 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16524 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16526 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16528 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16529 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16530 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16531 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16533 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16535 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16536 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16537 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16538 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16539 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16541 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16542 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16543 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16544 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16546 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16547 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16548 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16549 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16550 session to restore them."),
16552 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16554 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16555 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16556 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16558 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16560 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16561 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16563 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16564 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16565 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16566 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16567 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16568 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16569 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16570 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16571 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16572 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16573 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16574 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16576 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16577 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16578 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16579 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16580 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16581 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16582 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16583 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16585 show_pending_break_support
,
16586 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16587 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16589 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16591 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16592 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16593 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16594 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16595 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16596 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16597 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16599 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16600 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16601 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16603 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16604 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16605 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16606 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16607 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16608 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16609 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16610 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16611 when execution stops."),
16613 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16614 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16615 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16617 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16618 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16619 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16620 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16621 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16622 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16623 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16624 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16625 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16626 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16627 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16628 be set to \"gdb\""),
16629 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16630 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16631 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16632 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16634 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16635 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16636 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16637 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16638 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16639 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16640 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16641 or the start of the range\n\
16642 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16643 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16644 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16646 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16647 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16648 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16650 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16651 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16652 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16653 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16654 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16655 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16657 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16658 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16659 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16660 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16661 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16662 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16663 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16664 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16665 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16666 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16667 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16668 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16670 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16671 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16672 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16673 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16674 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16675 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16676 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16678 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16679 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16680 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16681 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16682 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16683 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16684 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16686 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16687 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16688 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16689 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16690 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16691 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16694 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16696 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16697 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16698 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16700 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16702 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16703 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);